KLINGER eCATALOGUE v1.8

The Story
In 1886 a young mechanical engineer by the name of

Richard Klinger opened his first workshop in Vienna,
Austria. From this small venture grew the group of
independent KLINGER companies as we know it today.
KLINGER'S extensive product range and innovative spirit
began in 1890 with the Reflex Level gauge and quickly
progressed through to breakthrough sealing materials and
beyond. Today, KLINGER has an extensive range of fluid
sealing and control products.
These include valve and pump packings, spiral

wound gaskets, graphite laminates, solid core Independent KLINGER Companies World Wide
laminates, PTFE sheets and products, liquid
level gauges, magnetic level gauges, piston
valves and a wide range of compressed
non-asbestos fibre jointing material - in sheets
and pre-cut gaskets.
Throughout this time KLINGER has taken pride
in attention to detail so as to excel in innovation
and quality. With around 35 factories, licensees,
trading companies and offices world wide,
KLINGER is a truly global player in the sealing
and fluid control arena.
KLINGER's entrance into Australia - and the
subsequent Pacific-Asia region - began in
KLINGER Australia Head Office 1959, with the first manufacturing,
warehouse and head office facility in
Booragoon, Western Australia, under the
Australian company name Richard Klinger
Pty. Ltd. Today the original facility has
moved to the new modern premises in
Welshpool with the name KLINGER Limited,
and is still the only manufacturing plant in
Australia for calendered gasket sheeting.
While the Dandenong facility in Victoria is
The facilities in Welshpool, Western Australia;
the largest manufacturing plant in Australia
opened October 1998 by Dr. Klinger-Lohr for metallic and semi-metallic gaskets.
Quality System
This combined with other KLINGER plants, service centres and offices throughout the Asia -
Pacific region allows high levels of customer service to be maintained.
Additional benefits to the very important Asian market of our new Welshpool facility is not only
its improved equipment and layout, but also the ability to trade within the same time zone. This Quality
provides improved access to all departments including senior management and the ability to Endorsed
Company
respond quickly to customer needs. ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Contact the KLINGER branch closest to you
Western Australia South Australia New Zealand

38 McDowell Street Innovation House West 11 Dalgety Drive
Welshpool, W.A. 6106 Technology Park Wiri AUCKLAND
First Avenue Tel:(09) 268 3624
Domestic Sales Mawson Lakes, 5095 Fax:(09) 268 3608
Tel:(08) 9350 1100 Tel: 0412 626 022
Fax:(08) 9350 9286 Fax:(08) 8260 8278
Export Sales New South Wales Queensland

Tel:(08) 9350 1190 19/5 Inglewood Place 5/43 Links Ave
Fax:(08) 9350 9279 Baulkham Hills, NSW 2153 Eagle Farm, QLD 4009
Tel:(02) 8824 3930 Tel: (07) 3268 2198
Fax:(02) 8824 3931 Fax: (07) 3268 2130
Victoria Singapore Hong Kong

33-35 Gaine Road 16 Raffles Quay Rm 2802, Admiralty Centre
Dandenong South, VIC 3175 No. 36-00 Hong Leong Building Tower 1, 18 Harcourt Road
Tel:(03) 8795 9595 Singapore, 048581 Admiralty, Hong Kong
Fax:(03) 8795 9516 Tel: +65 321 8940 Tel: +852 2833 6711
Fax: +65 225 9060 Fax: +852 2838 2090
Unit 1 / 35 Export Drive

Darwin Business Centre
East Arm, N.T. 0828
Tel: 0412 626 018
Fax: (08) 8947 4047
Contents
1. The safe way to the right gasket

2. Gasket materials / PTFE Products
3. Metal Gaskets
4. Fluid Instrumentation
5. Compression Packing
KLINGER Limited
http://www.klinger.com.au
1
The safe way
Technical fax service

Important application parameters
Mounting instructions
Shelf life of KLINGER gaskets
Technical fax service
For improved reliability and parameters are sufficient to Complete, print, and fax to....
security the technical mail service is ensure the right gasket is selected.
an addition to the KLINGER-expert ® Please complete the questionnaire in
calculation program. In most cases, full. KLINGER office : in your State
the answers to the following three
Operating fluid Flange with bolts Gasket

Medium Flange: Dimension acc. to
Material DIN ANSI
or indicate the compressed
Pressure [bar] Dimension acc. to dimensions
Temperature [°C] DIN/ANSI Da [mm] Di [mm]
Temperature variations during DN Gasket thickness [mm]
service PN free choice
Drawing included conditioned by design, since
Bolts:
Type
Number
Size
Material/grade
Da
Comments
Di
Company
Contact
Street City or town
Phone Fax e-mail

Important Installation instructions/
application parameters/ shelf life
quality control
Due to the high demands on the Higher-loaded, but not over- The gasket characteristics All KLINGERsil-gaskets are free 4. The gaskets shall be mounted The use of torque meters or other
safety of gasketed joints and the loaded, gaskets have a longer life than required for Klinger gaskets are deter- of asbestos. in a dry state. Do not use sepa- sophisticated torque methods is not
current requirements with respect to underloaded ones. mined through special leak tests in an Generally asbestos-free fibre gas- rating agents, sealing aids or the prerequisite, but will lead to better
utmost tightness, choice and fitting Special gasket materials for extensive series of measurements and kets have greater embrittlement and like! results and higher safety.
of the right gasket with the proper water/steam applications which dis- form the basis for the KLINGER- lower flexibility at temperature than As standard, KLINGER gasket mate- We also recommend „retight-
expertise is a must. play no embrittlement at temperature expert ® gasket selection program and asbestos-based gasket materials. As a rials have an anti-stick finish. In very ening“ the gaskets to the max. pos-
(e.g. KLINGERpsm, Top-graph-2000, the specifications in the product data rule, more care is required when difficult installation conditions, sible torque at ambient temperature
Accordingly a number of require- KLINGERtop chem, etc.) must be used sheets. choosing or assembling an asbestos- separating agents such as dry sprays prior to starting the plant for the first
ments have to be met by the gasket if it cannot be guaranteed that the free gasket. on molybdenum sulphide or teflon time.
materials and the complete flange fitted gasket will only be subjected to Required gasket thickness For optimum performance of the bases, e.g. KLINGERflon spray, may
joint to obtain a reliable sealing static stresses, or if stress fluctuations No general rule exists to determine gasket, always heed the following be used. Make sure that the solvents 6. In most cases, no „retight-
connection. can be assumed in discontinuous the required gasket thickness. In most mounting instructions: and propellants are completely ening“ is required as long as the
operation. cases, 2 mm thickness will suffice. evaporated. following hints are observed.
Adjustment to the unevenness of In the case of gaskets used in Thinner gaskets allow higher surface 1. Choosing the gasket Do not use oil or grease-contain- Any „retightening“ of fibre gaskets
the sealing surface discontinuous water/steam circuits, loads. The most suitable gasket material can ing products, as they may affect the should only be performed when they
This depends on the compressibility we recommend a min. surface load in be selected using KLINGER safety of the flange connection. As a are cold and before or during the first
of the gasket, the surface con- service of approx. 30 MPa. Low-temperature range Information material – particularly the rule, graphite gaskets must be used startup phase of the pipeline or plant
dition of the sealing surface and sur- In such applications, the gasket applications resistance table and pT diagrams – with no additives at all, i.e. dry; (this may be the case when rather
face load. should be as thin as technically pos- Klinger gaskets are also suitable for see also KLINGERexpert ® – The safe however, they are available with an thick gaskets are used). Retightening
sible and practical. very low temperatures. A pre-requisite way to the right gasket. anti-stick finish (AS). at higher operating temperatures and
Resistance to the fluid to be for a tight connection is that the longer operating times may lead to a
sealed Tightness required surface load is maintained 2. Gasket thickness 5. On mounting, tighten the bolts failure of the gasket connection and
When selecting the gasket, care Tightness depends on the surface over the complete temperature range. The gasket should be as thin as evenly and crosswise (see sketch) should be avoided. A gasket selected
should be taken to ensure that the load applied at fitting and in operati- Fluid resistance is guaranteed to technically practical. In the case of in two to three passes. and fitted according to these instruc-
sealing material is resistant to the on. -196°C. In the low-temperature range, graphite gaskets, a minimum thick- The bolts should be lubricated. We tions will have a long service life.
fluid under service conditions. A gasket which is selected and the material must not be exposed to ness/width ratio of 1/5 is required. recommend the use of a bolt lubricant
In general, properly loaded gas- fitted according to these instructions additional loads. allowing friction coefficients from 7. Re-use
kets show better resistance than will have a long service life. For safety 3. Flanges must be parallel, approx. 0.10 to 0.14 to be set. For safety reasons, re-use of gaskets
underloaded gaskets. reasons, re-use of gaskets is not Quality control clean, and dry; the gasket must To obtain sufficient bolt elasticity is not generally advisable.
recommended. Everybody in the Klinger organisation be installed centrally. (note σVO , σBO ), the bolts are
Strength of the sealing has been charged with defined quality Please note the proper inner and outer normally tightened until the max.
connection Max. permissible surface load functions within a total quality con- diameters; make sure the gasket never tightening force or the max. possible
The mechanical behaviour of the gas- The max. permissible surface load of cept to achieve the objectives of the projects into the fluid stream in an torque is reached.
ket is determined by the complete a gasket material is a function of Klinger quality policy. These objec- uncompressed state! This should produce a permanent
joint system. pressure, temperature and gasket tives and fundamental functions as seal provided that the max. permis-
Increasingly high requirements thickness and must not be surpassed. well as the responsible departments sible gasket stress is not exceeded.
on the tightness of flange joint (e.g. The gasketed joint remains tight are defined in the quality manual and
tightness class L0.01) require the as long as the surface load present in include the following subjects
application of high surface loads on service is higher than the required under ISO9002 andQS9000:
the gasket as the internal pressure is min. surface load and the maximum ■ Innovative quality planning,
increased. permissible surface load σBO of the initial samples, prototypes Shelf life of KLINGERsil material temperature, extremely low air humid- Storage temperatures of 30°C over
Under such operating conditions, gasket is not surpassed. ■ Supplier quality control Like all elastomers or elastomer- ity and extreme exposure to light may long periods of time may cause a
the selected flange joint must be ■ Process inspection, release containing materials the KLINGERsil lead to early deterioration in material deterioration in the characteristics
assessed for its suitability to these procedures, process control material is subject to natural ageing quality. after 2 years.
loads in order that mechanical ■ Inspection, measuring and test depending on elastomer type, Ideal storage conditions are: As no exact statements can be
overload is avoided. equipment, documentation, vulcanisation method and storage less than 25°C ambient temperature, made on these deviations, we recom-
quality system controls conditions. 50 - 60% relative air humidity and a mend that the storage rooms be con-
A tight gasket joint requires a For KLINGERsil sheets and gas- darkened storage room. ditioned as described above where
defined surface load. kets, the percentage of elastomer bond- These conditions will allow a longer storage is required.
ing agent is approx. 12%. The rela- min. shelf life of 5 years. To date, we Ready-to-mount gaskets should
The service life of the gasket tively low percentage of constituents are not in a position either to specify be stored horizontally, otherwise –
also depends on the fact the gasket subject to ageing means that the an absolute limit or indicate precisely particularly with larger dimensions
stress must always be higher than the influence on the complete product is the reduction in storage life if one of and hanging storage – stresses and
minimum surface load required to lower than with a pure elastomer. these three factors is not adhered to. permanent deformations occur which
prevent leaks. Nevertheless, unfavourable Storage temperature is the most will at least complicate the mounting
storage conditions such as increased important variable. process.
Mounting instructions
for KLINGER-gaskets
KLINGER-gaskets in Australia are 3. Flanges should be parallel, 5. During installation the bolts
asbestos free. The KLINGERsil metallically clean and dry, and must be tightened in several
qualities use, according to the the gasket has to be mounted steps, equal and cross-wise.
types, different fibres as a centrically. The nuts should be greased if
substitute to asbestos. Based Please pay attention to the correct possible. Tightening should be
on this different composition the inner- and outer diameter, the performed until the max. bolt tension is
asbestos-free gaskets show a gaskets should never tower into the reached (to get sufficient elongation
different behaviour on throughhole! and spring-like behaviour of the bolt).
temperature load. Therefore in Therefore a safe and durable sealing
general, more care is necessary 4. The mounting of the gasket will be achieved, provided that the
during the selection of the gasket should be performed without any bolt quality and gasket material have
type and during installation. grease- or oil-containing been selected correctly (material
separating media. and thickness).
On principle the following mounting KLINGERsil gasket material is
instructions for KLINGER-gasket equipped with an anti-adhesion layer 6. "Re-tighten" is usually not
material have to be taken in account on principle. If there is an extreme necessary if a.m. references will
demand on anti-adhesion effect we be followed.
1. Selection of the gasket propose the use of dry-sprays on the If re-tightening is necessary,
A suitable type of gasket material basis of molybdenum disulphide or of this should be done under low
can be selected according to the Teflon, e.g. KLINGERflon Spray. The temperature before or during the start-
KLINGER literature– fuel gas and the solvent should be up of the piping or the plant.
first of all, the chemical resistance evaporated completely. Re-tightening under higher service
and the pT diagram (refer also to temperatures can cause failure of the
KLINGER- expert the reliable route to Absolutely no oil or grease- sealing connection and therefore
successful sealing). containing products may be used, should avoided.
as they have a degregating A gasket selected and mounted in the
2. Gasket thickness as thin as influence on the safety of the correct way and under consideration
possible and technically complete flange connection. of the a.m. references will be durable
ingenious! and timely stable.
In general KLINGERsil gaskets have to Graphite-gaskets are to be
be selected thinner in size than mounted without grease, oil and other 7."Multi-use" of a gasket.
asbestos containing gaskets. As a anti-adhesion material. To use a gasket more than one time
rule of thumb 2/3 to 3/4 of the can not be recommended.
thickness of asbestos containing
material can be used. If there is arequest foradvice
For example: 2 mm instead of 3 mm, please contact the KLINGER company
or 1.5 mm instead of 2 mm. or representative closest to you.
Graphite-gaskets shall have
thickness-to-widths-ratio not lower
than 1/5.
Certified according to
ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
Subject to technical alterations.

2001
Status: August 2001

Shelf Life of
KLINGER gasket
material
Shelf Life of KLINGERsil gasket Nevertheless unfavourable storage The main factor undoubtedly is
material conditions can lead to a premature the storage temperature. As
KLINGERsil gasket material are as reduction of the materials quality. temperatures higher than 30°C
all elastomeres and elastomere Above all we must also mention appear over a long period, a
containing material, subject to a elevated temperature, too low humidity reduction of the material properties
natural ageing process. This process as well as strong illumination. can occur readily after 2 years.
is dependent on the kind of elastomer,
its vulcanisation system and the As an ideal storage condition we As in this conjunction detailed
storage conditions. propose: specifications are not possible, we
propose the conditioning of the
For all KLINGERsil-sheets and ■ Temperature < 25°C storage rooms as mentioned above.
-gaskets the share of the elastomere ■ relative humidity 50 - 60%
as binder is between 10 to 30% ■ darkened storage room Ready made gaskets should be
according to DIN 28091-2. The stored flat, particularly for bigger
relatively small share of parts which Under these conditions a period gasket sizes. Tensions and distortions
are subject to the ageing process of storage of approx. 5 years is can occur that can complicate the
shows, that this influence on to the possible. It is difficult to define the installation.
whole product is smaller as on a fluctuating properties of the storage
product of pure elastomer. time due to changes of one or more
of the above influence factors.
Shelf Life of KLINGER graphite Nevertheless following conditions Under these conditions, a storage
laminates should be applied to ensure life of over 10 years can be expected.
Usually storage temperature, illumi- appropriate storage:
nation etc. have no influence on the
storability period of KLINGER Graphite ■ – 20 °C to + 50 °C storage
Laminates. temperature
■ clean and dry air
(no dirt particles and no
aggresive gases or vapours)
■ sheets and ready made gaskets
must be protected against
damage
■ sheets and ready made gaskets
must be stored flat
ISO 9002 & QS 9000.
KLINGER Limited

32001
Status: August 2001

2
Gasket materials
The first step in gasket selection

KLINGER-top-chem
KLINGER-top-graph-2000 &2008
KLINGER-soft-chem
KLINGERSIL range
KLINGERSIL Chemical resistance table
KLINGERSIL C-4400
KLINGERSIL C-4408
KLINGERSIL C-4430
KLINGERSIL C-4500
KLINGERSIL C-8200
KLINGERstatite
KLINGERgraphite
KLINGERmilam PSS
The first
step in gasket
selection
This brochure offers you a

general survey of our gasket materials.
It is the first of seven
steps which are
designed to
lead you to-
wards correct gasket
selection.
Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic
well suited
la an al
d s g
relatively suited
very well suited

pp st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
od Ga up up up up ov up up up up
Ca in to to to to er to to to to
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50
tic id tri pl yg 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
s s e y en C C C C C C C C C
KL
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/ IN
GE
BAM tested/ Fire Safe/ ”TA-Luft”-cer- Rt
tification/ Germanischer Lloyd KL op
IN lin
GE e
KTW recommendation/ Rt
DVGW permit/ “TA-Luft”-certification/ KL o p
IN -c
Germanischer Lloyd
gasket selection.
GE he
m-
Rt 20
KTW recommendation/ KL o p- 00
DVGW permit IN ch
em
This survey should not be
GE
used as the sole means for
Rt -2
KTW recommendation/ KL op
-c
00
3
DVGW permit/BAM tested IN h
GE em
Rt -2
KTW recommendation/ KL op
-c
00
5
DVGW permit/BAM tested IN h
GE em
Rt -2
op 00
-g 6
rap
h-
20
00
for your requirements.
to the right gasket material
To assist you in gasket
selection, we have devised a
tried and tested method desi-
gned to guide you step by step
Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic
la an al
pp d s g
st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
well suited
Ca in to to to to er to to to to
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50
relatively suited
yg
very well suited

tic id tri pl 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
s s e y en C C C C C C C C C
K
LI
N
G
ER
KTW recommendation/ C SI
DVGW permit in preparation
42 L
43
BS 7531 Grade Y.
ÖVGW permit
KTW recommendation/
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ C
44
HTB tested/ Germanischer Lloyd 00
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/ C
Fire Safe/ BAM tested/ Germ. Lloyd 44
30
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/
HTB tested/ BAM tested/ Fire Safe/ C
45
gasket selection.
reinforced with carbon fibre 00

BS 7531 Grade X / Potable Water C

63
27
BS 7531 Grade X / DIN 3754 IT S C

(Physical Conformity) 82
00
Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic
la an al
pp d s g
st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
in to to to to to to to to
well suited
Ca er
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50
yg
relatively suited
very well suited

tic id tri pl
y
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
s s e en
KL
IN
GE
Rg
Universal material for gaskets Se ra
and glands ali
ng
ph
it
tap
Pure graphite, homogeneous La e
mi
na
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ te-
WRC-approval La H/
HL
mi
na
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ te-
WRC-approval/ pegged stainless La SL
steel sheet with pure graphite surface mi S
na
DVGW permit/ WRC-approval/ te-
PS
2 pegged stainless steel sheet ins- La
mi M
erts and optimized scratch resistance na
due to higher density te-
KL PD
IN M
gasket selection.
GE
R
Spiral wound gasket KL Sp
IN ira
GE lw
Rm ou
KL a nd
IN xifle
GE x
Rf
lo
Re
ad n
y-
ma
Sealing tape with low grease contents Th de
rea ga
d sk
Se ets
DVGW permit Th a lT
rea ap
d e(
Se Co
a
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/

Se lT mm
TÜV-certification number ale ap erc

x e( ial
BS
43 )
75
)
This survey should not be To assist you in gasket
used as the sole means for selection, we have devised a
gasket selection. tried and tested method desi-
al
ci
t
pe
of
Rs
Rs
GE
GE
IN
IN
m
te
ati
ila
KL
KL
St
M
KLINGERspecial offers the end
d
an
uid us
user novel opportunities for

liq aseo
sealing applications.
C
0°
g
50
On many occasions, we come
to
s
across applications in which the

al
up
C
0°
gasket is required to fulfil a multitude
ic
40
to
of functions beyond those of purely
em
up
C
sealing.
0°
25
Ch
In such cases, the gasket must

to
up
partly compensate for limitations in

C
0°
15
the joint construction that, for

to
whatever reason, can not be met, by

up
the construction only.

It is important that from an early
C
stage the designer is in discussions

m
0°
60
with the Klinger Technical department.

ea
er
ov
Only then can he profit fully

C
st
0°
from the opportunities available with

50
d
to
KLINGERspecial.
an
up
C
0°
30
er
Hydrotest Gaskets
to
up
C
at
0°
25
Clearly identifiable gaskets. Easy to

W
to
record and check installation data

up
C
0°
reducing risk of costly downtime due

15
to
to gasket failure during commissioning.

up
ns
io
en
yg
at
Ox
lic
y
pl
up
pp
ss
Ga
la
e
tri
us
ia
d
in
ec
od
s
id
Fo
Ac
Sp
s
tic
us
Ca

For simple sealing applications
temperature applicatins
Stainless steel tang reinforced with
mica surface, for very high
Status: August 2001

relatively suited
well suited
very well suited

ISO 9002 & QS 9000
TheTopFour! KLINGERtop-chem
Four top quality PTFE-based
materials for every application
THE LEADER IN GASKET TECHNOLOGY FOR MORE THAN 100 YEARS
KLINGERtop-chem offer the

advantages of PTFE gaskets
without the disadvantages
commonly associated
with these types of
materials. As a result you
will save maintenance time
and improve plant safety.
KLINGERtop-chem offer the advan- The two new grades KLINGER KLINGERtop-chem-2000
tages of PTFE gaskets without the top-chem-2005 and -2006 now offer The universal heavy-duty gasket for
disadvantages commonly associated a solution for PTFE-standard appli- an extremely wide range of applica-
with PTFE materials. This allows you cations. They differ in respect to their tions in the chemical and petroche-
to use these materials in applications chemical resistance: mical industries as well as in the
where traditionally they are unsuit- KLINGERtop-chem-2005 is particu- ship building industry for chemical
able, saving you maintenance time larly suited for general chemical and tanker applications. Due to its uni-
and improving plant safety. strongly acidic applications. que load bearing properties it is able
As an example, a comparison KLINGERtop-chem-2006 is the to withstand high temperatures and
of the load bearing performance of better choice for caustic medias. pressures and it is the only PTFE
KLINGERtop-chem-2000 with that By way of an introduction to the gasket with a Fire Safe Certificate.
of rival products is shown in the properties of the KLINGERtop-chem It is also the first choice in the food
diagram below. With KLINGERtop- range, the matrix on the following sector and in the pharmaceutical
chem-2000, the high relaxation typi- page presents the attributes of the industry, for steam applications and
cal of standard PTFE gaskets is not individual grades. The table illustra- in oxygen pipes, and where special
observed. The results demonstrate tes that for all PTFE applications a requirements are made acc. to TA Luft
that at a load of 50 MPa and tempe- suitable material can be selected (German Clean air regulation).
rature of 200°C, the relaxation of from the KLINGERtop-chem range. KLINGERtop-chem-2000 has
this material is only 1.6%, ensuring The detailed performance data excellent chemical resistance in
that bolt forces are maintained even on the following pages will help you strongly acidic and alkaline applica-
under severe conditions. to choose the correct material for tions and offers exceptional perfor-
your application, ensuring the safe mance in applications with high
performance of the gasket. The mechanical requirements at high
following short description of the temperatures.
four grades provides a general over-
view of properties and is the first
step towards making this choice.
-1.6
% -16.1% -23.5 % -25.2 % -27.4%
100%
KLINGERtop-chem-2000
90%
competitor A
80%
competitor B
competitor C
competitor D
70%
KLINGERtop-chem:
A complete sealing package
for safe performance
KLINGERtop-chem-2003 KLINGERtop-chem-2005 KLINGERtop-chem-2006
As regards media, the range of KLINGERtop-chem-2005 has KLINGERtop-chem-2006 has
applications is comparable to that excellent chemical resistance in good chemical resistance in strongly
of KLINGERtop-chem-2000. strongly acidic applications and is alkaline conditions and good
However, KLINGERtop-chem 2003 suitable for a wide range of applica- mechanical properties at medium
has greater compressibility and is tions in the chemical industrie. and low temperatures and loads.
ideal for maintaining a tight seal It has good mechanical properties at KLINGERtop-chem-2006 is
even at low surface loads and medium and low temperatures and optimised for caustic conditions
temperatures. loads. and also suitable for a wide range
KLINGERtop-chem-2003 As regards media, the range of applications in the chemical
has excellent chemical resistance of applications approaches that of industry. Because it is free from
in strongly acidic and alkaline KLINGERtop-chem-2000. pigments, this material is especially
applications and excellent The material is an economical suited to food and pharmaceutical
mechanical properties at medium alternative where requirements less applications.
and low temperatures and loads. stringent.
Special mention should be given to
its high gas tightness at even low
surface loads (TA-Luft certification).
KLINGERtop-chem
2000
2003
2005
2006
Strong acids
Strong alkalis
Mechanical resistance
to high temperature
Tightness
Adaptability
The heavy-duty gaskets
KLINGERtop-chem
Stability according to Klinger The many and varied demands So why does Klinger provide
The load bearing capacity of a gasket made on gaskets pT diagrams?
can be assessed at ambient and The successful operation of a gasket For the reasons given the pT diagram
high temperature using the hot com- depends upon a multiplicity of factors. is not infallible: it serves as a rough
pression test developed by Klinger. Many who use static gaskets believe guide for the end user who often has
In contrast to the test method that the values quoted for maximum only the operating temperatures ad
according to DIN 52913 and admissible temperature and maxi- pressures to go on.
BS 7531, the gasket stress is kept mum operating pressure are inherent Additional stresses such as
constant throughout the entire test. properties or characteristics of gas- greatly fluctuating load may signifi-
The gasket is thus exposed to signi- kets and gasket materials. cantly affect whether a gasket is
ficantly severer conditions. suitable for the application.
Resistance to media must be
The thickness decrease as a taken into account in every case.
result of a constant load is measured
at a temperature of 23°C and also
after heating up to 250°C. If your operating temperatures
The value of the thickness and pressures fall within this field, it
decrease at 250°C relates to the is not usually necessary to conduct
thickness after compression at 23°C. a technical examination.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field we
recommend a technical examination.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this blank
Unfortunately, this is not the field, a technical examination should
case. be carried out.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors. 200
Therefore a definite statement
of these values for gaskets material 100
is not possible. 90
80
70
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40
form IBC up to PN 40*
30
200 200 20
pi bar
100 100 –200 –150 –100 –50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250
90 90
80 80
KLINGERtop-chem-2005
70 70
60 60
200
50 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40 40
form IBC up to PN 40* form IBC up to PN 40*
30 30 100
20 20 90
80
pi bar
pi bar
70
–200 –150 –100 –50 0°C 50 100 150 200 250 –200 –150 –100 –50 0°C 50 100 150 200 250
60
KLINGERtop-chem-2000 KLINGERtop-chem-2003 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40
form IBC up to PN 40*
30
20
pi bar
–200 –150 –100 –50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 KLINGERtop-chem-2006

The heavy-duty gaskets
KLINGERtop-chem
KLINGERtop-chem 2000 2003 2005 2006

Ref. thickness of measured values, mm 1.5 2 1.5 1.5
Density, g/cm 3 2.5 1.7 2 2.9
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J, % 2 18 7 4
Recovery ASTM F 36 J, % 55 40 35 40
Stress relaxation
DIN 52913, 16h, 50MPa, 300 °C 35 – – –
DIN 52913, 16h, 30MPa, 150 °C 30 13 25 18
Klinger cold/hot compression

23°C/ 50MPa, % 2 – 10 10
250°C/ 50MPa, % 5 – 30 40
23°C/ 25MPa, % – 9 – –
250°C/ 25MPa, % – 38 – –
Tightness
DIN 3535/6, ml/min 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1
DIN 28090-2, mg/s m 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.01
Thickness/weight increase
H2 SO4 , 100%: 18h/ 23°C,% 0.5/ 1 –/1 2/ 2 –
HNO3 ,100%: 18h/ 23°C, % 1/ 2 –/5 2/ 7 2/ 7
NaOH, 33%, 72h/ 110°C, % 5/ 5 –/2 – 12/ 24
Permits/certifications
BAM certification yes u. preparation – yes
KTW proposal yes yes yes yes
DIN-DVGW permit yes yes yes yes
HTB acc. to VP 401 – – – –
Fire Safe yes – – –
FDA conformity yes yes yes yes
TA-Luft certification yes yes u. preparation –
Germanischer Lloyd yes yes u. preparation u. preparation
United States Coast Guard yes – – –
Registro Italiano Navale yes – – –
Det Norske Veritas AS yes – – –
Standard sizes (other sizes on request)

Sheet sizes mm 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500
Thickness mm 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0
Tolerances thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm
Typical values
Status: August 2003
KLINGERtop-chem KLINGERtop-chem
Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006 Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006
Acetaldehyde 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chloroform 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chromic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Citric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetic acid ester 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chlorotrifluoride – – – –
Acetone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Condensation water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Copper acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Adipic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Copper sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Air 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Creosote 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Alum 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Cresol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Crude oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium chlorate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Cyclohexanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Decahydronaphthalene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonia 260°C 260°C 100°C 260°C Dibenzyl ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium carbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dibutyl phthalate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Diesel oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium diphosphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dimethyl formamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium hydroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Diphyl 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Amyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dye bath 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aniline 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Anon cyclohexanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Arcton 12 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Arcton 22 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Asphalt 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aviation fuel 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Barium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylendiamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Benzene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Benzoic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Blast furnace gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene glycol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Bleaching solution 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine dioxide – – – –
Boiler feed water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine gaseous – – – –
Borax 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine liquid – – – –
Boric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorosilicic acid – – – –
Brine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formaldehyde 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Freon 12 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Freon 22 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butylamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Generator gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyle alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Glacial acetic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Glycerine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Caesium melt – – – – Heating oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Heptane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium hydroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium hypochlorite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 2 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 3 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbolic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrazine hydrate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbon dioxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrochloric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbon disulphide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrofluoric acid 100°C 100°C – 100°C
Carbon tetrachloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrofluosilic acid – – – –
Castor oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine, dry 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen peroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine, moist 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Isooctane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C

Status: August 2003
Chemical resistances
of the 4 gasket materials
KLINGERtop-chem KLINGERtop-chem
Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006 Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006
Isopropyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Pydraul 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Kerosene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Pyridine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lactic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Rape seed oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lead acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Rubidium melt – – – –
Lead arsenate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Salicylic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Linseed oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sea water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lithium melt – – – – Silicon oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Magnesium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Skydrol 500 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Malic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Soap 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
MEK butanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Soda 260°C 260°C – 260°C
Methane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium aluminate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium bicarbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methyl chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium bisulphite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methylene chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Mineral oil no. 1 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium cyanide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Mineral oil no. 2 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium hydroxide 260°C 260°C – 260°C
Monochlorethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium melt – – – –
Naphtha 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium silicate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Natural gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium sulphide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitrobenzene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Spinning baths 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitrogen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Spirit 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Octane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Starch 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Steam 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oleanolic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C – Stearic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oleic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sugar 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oxalic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphur dioxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oxygen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphuric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C –
Palminic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphurous acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Pentane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Table salt 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Perchlorethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tannic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tannin 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum benzin 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tar 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tartaric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phenol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tetrachloroethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phosphoric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tetrahydronaphthale 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phthalic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Toluene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Polychl. biphenyls. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Town gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Transformer oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium carbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Trichloroethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium chlorate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Triethanolamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Turpentine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potass. chrom.sulph. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Urea 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium cyanide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Vinyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium dichrom. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium hydroxide 260°C 260°C – 260°C Water flask 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium hypochl. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Water vapour 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium iodide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C White spirit 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium melt – – – – Xylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium nitrate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium nitrite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium permang. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Propane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
resistant
(Suitable for the appropriate use as a
compressed gasket between flange surfaces)
suitable with sufficient surface stress
do not use without contacting manufacturer
Temperatures are max. values
KLINGER The really flexible
top-graph-2000 graphite sealing material
Basis The truly flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2000
Sealing material, based on graphite that is easy to handle and cut. It combines With this test method developed
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured by Klinger you can evaluate the
using a revolutionary process which "high load bearing capacity" with high cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
provides the graphite gaskets with sealability. cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
totally new, previously unachievable KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
properties. use with steam up to 300 'C and many high 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
is kept constant during the complete
temperature applications up to 500 'C. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
Properties test so that the gasket is exposed to
The material impresses with its easy much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
handling and cutting combined with 100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
steam capability too 300'C It has a ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
high load bearing capacity combined 90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
with high sealability. The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
" § tained after loading at 23°C.
Soluble cloride content chlorides (soluble) ppm <50
, 70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
Density g/cm 3 1,75
60 Thickness mm 1,5
The material is suitable for Typical values
use with steam up to 300°C. In 50
many other areas of application,
The dimensions of the standard Rings and other finished gaskets Tests and approvals
temperatures of over 500°C are 40 sheets These gaskets are available in any size BAM-certification for gaseous oxygen
possible.
Sizes: and corresponding sheet thicknesses, up to 130 bar and 125°C
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 30 1,000 mm x 1,500 mm also edged and PTFE-covered. and for liquid oxygen in flange
combines the advantages of fibre-
Thicknesses: connections.
reinforced gaskets preferred by the 20 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, Surfaces KTW-recommended.
experts with the key features of truly
other thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar
flexible graphite. ! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
thickness ± 10%, an extremely low adhesion. NG-5123AU0381.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb

width ± 50 mm Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
The many and varied demands properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is gaskets depend in large measure on
made on gaskets gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. proper storage and fitting, factors
The successful operation of a gasket Resistance to media must be beyond the manufactor’s control. We
depends upon a multiplicity of factors. Unfortunately, this is not the taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
Many who use static gaskets believe case. quality of our products.
that the values quoted for maximum The maximum temperatures and The fields of decision With this in mind, please also
admissible temperature and maximum pressures at which gaskets may be 1 If your operating temperatures observe our installation instructions.
operating pressure are inherent used are influenced by a large and pressures fall within this field,
number of factors. a technical examination is normally
flange Therefore a definite statement of unnecessary.
these values for gasket material is not .2 If your operating temperatures
possible. and pressures are within this field, Subject to technical alterations.
medium bolt
a technical examination is Status: September 2000.
So why does Klinger provide recommended. Certified according to
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket DIN EN ISO 9001.
For the reasons given the pT diagram and pressures are within this “open“ for the job
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
© AGT Köln / 4.947/ 9.99
process guide for the end user who often has always necessary.
4.947 Graph 700/2000

pressure
control
only the operating temperatures and Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
pressures to work with. Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
tempera-
ture Additional stresses such as Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 340/341
greatly fluctuating load may e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
KLINGER The truly flexible
Basis The really flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2000
Sealing material, based on graphite with a high degree of inherent stability offers With this test method developed
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured by Klinger you can evaluate the
using a revolutionary process which reliability in handling. Thanks to its high load cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
provides the graphite gaskets with bearing capacity and the low embrittlement, cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
totally new, previously unachievable KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
properties. use with steam and other sophisticated 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
applications. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
The material impresses with its good much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
handling in combination with its very 100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
high level of load bearing capacity ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
and minimal embrittlement at 90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
temperatures up to 300°C. These The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
properties offer the gasket a high 80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
degree of resistance to damage
during fitting and under operation, 70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
prevents the loss of bolt load and the Density g/cm 3 1,75
formation of cracks at high 60 Thickness mm 1,5
temperature. The material is suitable Typical values
for use with steam up to 300°C. In 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* The dimensions of the standard
temperatures of over 500°C are 40 sheets
possible.
Sizes:
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 30 1500 mm x 2000 mm
Thicknesses:
reinforced gaskets preferred by the 20 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm, other sheet Surfaces Tests and approvals
experts with the key features of really
sizes / thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar
flexible graphite. ! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only 0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

standardised up to PN 40 width ± 50 mm Function and durability
made on gaskets gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. proper storage and installation factors
The successful operation of a gasket Resistance to media must be beyond the manufacturer’s control. We
that the values quoted for maximum The maximum temperatures and The fields of decision
admissible temperature and maximum pressures at which gaskets may be 1 If your operating temperatures
medium bolt
a technical examination is Status: August 2001.
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
For the reasons given the pT diagram and pressures are within this “open“ conditions for the job
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER Limited
4.947 Graph 700/2000

pressure
control
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on. http://www.klinger.com.au
tempera-
ture Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may
KLINGER The really flexible
A sealing material based on graphite now supplied wire reinforced. It combines With this test method developed
and synthetic fibres with a wire by Klinger you can evaluate the
insert that provides this material "high load bearing capacity" and high cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
with totally new, previously sealability with improved blow-out resistance. cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
unachievable properties. KLINGER Topgraph 2008 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
use with steam up to 300'C and many high 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
temperature applications up to 500'C. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
This material is based on the proven much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
formulation for Klinger Topgraph 2000 100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
which combines the handling advantages ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
of fibre reinforced gaskets with the 90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
performance advantages of graphite The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
to give a truly flexible graphite sealing 80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
solution. The addition of the wire insert
significantly increases tensile strength 70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
and will therefore be the preferred Density g/cm 3 1,75
solution for many users where pulsating 60 Thickness mm 1,5
pressure loads exist. Typical values
Topgraph 2008 demonstrates improved 50
storage, handling and installation
The dimensions of the standard Rings and other finished gaskets Tests and approvals
characteristics when compared to 40 sheets These gaskets are available in any size BAM-certification for gaseous oxygen
exfoliated graphite products.
Sizes: and corresponding sheet thicknesses, up to 130 bar and 125°C
The material has a high load- 30 1,000 mm x 1,500 mm also edged and PTFE-covered. and for liquid oxygen in flange
bearing capacity and is suitable for
Thicknesses: connections.
use with steam to 300'C and many 20 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, Surfaces KTW-recommended.
other applications up to 500'C.
other thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar
! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

width ± 50 mm Function and durability
depends upon a multiplicity of factors. taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
Many who use static gaskets believe quality of our products.
medium bolt
a technical examination is Status: September 2000.
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket DIN EN ISO 9001.
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER GmbH
© AGT Köln / 4.947/ 9.99
4.947 Graph 700/2000

pressure
control
only the operating temperatures and Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
pressures to go on. Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
tempera-
ture Additional stresses such as Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 340/341
greatly fluctuating load may e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
KLINGER The truly flexible reinforced
Sealing material, based on graphite with a high degree of inherent stability offers Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured
using a revolutionary process which reliability in handling. Thanks to its high load Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
provides the graphite gaskets with bearing capacity and the low embrittlement, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
totally new, previously unachievable KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for In the test method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
properties. use with steam and other sophisticated 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
applications. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
The material impresses with its good much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
handling in combination with its very 100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
high level of load bearing capacity ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
and minimal embrittlement at 90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
temperatures up to 300°C. These The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
properties offer the gasket a high 80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
degree of resistance to damage
during fitting and under operation, 70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 1,0
prevents the loss of bolt load and the Density g/cm 3 2,10
formation of cracks at high 60 Thickness mm 1,5
temperature. The material is suitable Typical values
for use with steam up to 300°C. In 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* The dimensions of the standard Tests and approvals
temperatures of over 500°C are 40 sheets BS 7531 grade X.
possible.
Sizes:
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 30 1,500 mm x 2,000 mm
Thicknesses:
reinforced gaskets preferred by the 20 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm, other Surfaces
experts with the key features of really
thicknesses on request. The surface finish of the material
pi bar
flexible graphite. ! " Tolerances: is such that it has an extremely

thickness ± 10%, low adhesion to the flange faces.
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only 0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

standardised up to PN 40 width ± 50 mm Function and durability
medium bolt
a technical examination is Status: March 2003.
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER Ltd
process guide for the end user who often has always necessary. http://www.klinger.com.au
4.947 Graph 700/2000

pressure
control
pressures to go on.
tempera-
ture Additional stresses such as
KLINGERsoft-chem KLINGERsoft-chem
KLINGERsoft-chem sheeting is 100% PTFE Gasket Sheeting. The best choice for Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1,5 mm thickness
100% expanded PTFE processed economical plant-wide use on services to 260°C With this test method developed by
Stress relaxation ASTM F 38 B 100°C % 35
to produce a uniform and highly Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
fibrillated microstructure with and pressures to 200 bar. compression of a gasket in cold and Tightness according DIN 28090 mg/s .m 0,01
multi-directional fibres. hot condition. Klinger cold/hot compression 25 MPa thickness decrease at 23 °C % 37
Note the following advantages of Unlike the method acc. to DIN thickness decrease at 300°C % 28
KLINGERsoft-chem in your application: 100 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 60
■ Highest sealability is kept constant during the complete
Recovery ASTM F 36 A min. % 12
■ Excellent chemical resistance 90 test so that the gasket is exposed to
■ Lowest gas- and fluid permeation much tougher conditions. Tensile strength ASTM 152 MPa 10
■ Prevention of corrosion The thickness decrease at an Chemical resistance ph 0-14
80
■ Resistant against steam and ambient temperature of 23°C and at Density g/cm 3 0,85
condensate 70 heating up to 300°C is measured. Typical values
■ High compressibility § The indicated thickness decrease
■ Excellent compensation of at 300°C refers to the thickness increasing temperature (e.g. Function and durability
60
irregularities of the sealing surface obtained after loading at 23°C. KLINGER-graphite laminate or The performance and life of KLINGER
■ Superior creep resistance KLINGERtop-chem), especially for gaskets depend in large measure on
50 Important points to be observed
■ Overloading is practically steam and/or water applications. proper storage and fitting, factors
impossible The selection of gaskets requires beyond the manufactor’s control. We
■ Very easy to process 40 expertise and know-how since ever For discontinuous operations in can, however, vouch for the excellent
greater reliability coupled with the water and/or steam applications, quality of our products.
A soft, pliable, yet very strong gasket 30 lowest possible leakage rates are we recommend as a general guide a
with superior creep resistance and ! " demanded of gasket materials. surface pressure of about 30 MPa. With this in mind, please also
cold flow compared to standard PTFE 20 The exacting demands made on In such cases the gasket should be observe our installation instructions.
products. the tightness of gasket materials (e.g. as thin as is practicable.
pi bar
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with Tests and approvals

increasing internal pressure higher For reasons of safety, The components of KLINGERsoft-chem
KLINGERsoft-chem is ideal for sealing 0 surface pressures must be applied to we advise against the re-use of are fully compatible with FDA
uneven and damaged flanges. It is easy -200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 the gasket. gaskets. requirements.
to cut and install and requires only low It must be shown that the flange Certification for food toleration:
compressive load to seal on all flange joint will tolerate the demands made Dimensions of the standard sheets Standford Consult. Laboratories
material types. on it without being mechanically Size: Neuseeland MAF,
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface 1,500 mm x 1,500 mm Standford Consult. Laboratories
Many who use static gaskets believe only the operating temperatures and pressure applied to create the seal Thicknesses: Australia AS 4020.
that the values quoted for maximum pressures to go on. should never fall below the required 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm,
admissible temperature and maximum Additional stresses such as minimum value since this will reduce other thicknesses on request.
operating pressure are inherent greatly fluctuating load may the life of the gasket. Highly stressed, Tolerances:
properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is but not overstressed gaskets have a thickness ± 10%
gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. longer life than understressed length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm
The many and varied demands
Resistance to media must be gaskets.
made on gaskets
Unfortunately, this is not the case. taken into account in every case. If the gasket fitted will be
The successful operation of a gasket
subjected to non-static loading, or
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
The fields of decision will suffer stress fluctuations during
The maximum temperatures and If your operating temperatures discontinuous operation, it is Subject to technical alterations.
flange
pressures at which gaskets may be and pressures fall within this field, advisable to choose a gasket Status: September 2000
used are influenced by a large a technical examination is normally which is not prone
medium bolt number of factors. unnecessary. to embrittlement Certified according to
Therefore a definite statement of . If your operating temperatures with DIN EN ISO 9001
these values for gasket material is not and pressures are within this field, points the way to the right gasket
possible. a technical examination is for the job KLINGER GmbH
recommended. P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
process
So why does Klinger provide If your operating temperatures Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
pressure
control pT diagrams? and pressures are within this “open“ Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
3.003/9.2000
For the reasons given the pT diagram field, a technical examination is Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341
tempera-
ture
is not infallible: it serves as a rough always necessary. e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
guide for the end user who often has http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
KLINGERsoft-chem KLINGERsoft-chem
KLINGERsoft-chem is an The best choice for Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1,5 mm thickness
expanded PTFE material that has economical plant-wide use on services to 260°C With this test method developed by
Stress relaxation ASTM F 38 B 100°C % 35
brought non-asbestos gasketing Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
technology to a new level of and pressures to 200 bar. compression of a gasket in cold and Tightness according DIN 28090 mg/s .m 0,01
performance. hot condition. Klinger cold/hot compression 25 MPa thickness decrease at 23 °C % 37
Use following advantages of the Unlike the method acc. to DIN thickness decrease at 300°C % 28
sealing material in your application: 100 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 60
■ Highest sealability is kept constant during the complete
Recovery ASTM F 36 A min. % 12
■ Excellent chemical resistance 90 test so that the gasket is exposed to
■ Lowest gas- and fluid permeation much tougher conditions. Tensile strength ASTM 152 MPa 10
■ Prevention of corrosion The thickness decrease at an Chemical resistance ph 0-14
80
■ Resistant against steam and ambient temperature of 23°C and at Density g/cm 3 0,85
condensate 70 heating up to 300°C is measured. Typical values
■ High compressibility § The indicated thickness decrease
■ Excellent compensation of at 300°C refers to the thickness increasing temperature (e.g. Applications
60
irregularities of the sealing surface obtained after loading at 23°C. KLINGER-graphite laminate or Ideal for applications requiring a minimum
■ Superior creep resistance KLINGERtop-chem), especially for of sealing stress up to moderate cond'ns
50 Important points to be observed
■ Overloading is practically steam and/or water applications. of pressure and temperature:
impossible DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* The selection of gaskets requires Lid seals, GRP flanges, plastic flanges,
■ Very easy to process 40 expertise and know-how since ever For discontinuous operations in glass-lined flanges, agressive / corrosive
greater reliability coupled with the water and/or steam applications, media processes, pitted / uneven flanges
Excellent corrosion resistance 30 lowest possible leakage rates are we recommend as a general guide a
together with superior creep resistance ! " demanded of gasket materials. surface pressure of about 30 MPa. With this in mind, please also
and sealability create a high-grade 20 The exacting demands made on In such cases the gasket should be observe our installation instructions.
gasket material for a wide application the tightness of gasket materials (e.g. as thin as is practicable.
pi bar
field in your plant. Tightness class L0.01) mean that with Tests and approvals
increasing internal pressure higher For reasons of safety, we The components of KLINGERsoft-chem
Many of your demands 0 surface pressures must be applied to advise against the re-use of are fully compatible with FDA
in gasketing can be fulfilled in an -200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 the gasket. gaskets. requirements.
economical and safe way by KLINGER- * Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 It must be shown that the flange Certification for food toleration:
soft-chem. joint will tolerate the demands made Dimensions of the standard sheets Standford Consult. Laboratories
Therefore it is a material suitable as a on it without being mechanically Size: Neuseeland MAF,
standard type in your stock. overloaded. Furthermore, the surface 1500 mm x 1500 mm Standford Consult. Laboratories
Many who use static gaskets believe only the operating temperatures and pressure applied to create the seal Thicknesses: Australia AS 4020.
that the values quoted for maximum pressures to go on. should never fall below the required 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm,
admissible temperature and maximum Additional stresses such as minimum value since this will reduce
operating pressure are inherent greatly fluctuating load may the life of the gasket. Highly stressed, Tolerances:
properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is but not overstressed gaskets have a thickness ± 10%
gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. longer life than understressed length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm
The many and varied demands
Resistance to media must be gaskets.
made on gaskets
Unfortunately, this is not the taken into account in every case. If the gasket fitted will be
The successful operation of a gasket
case. subjected to non-static loading, or
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
The fields of decision will suffer stress fluctuations during
The maximum temperatures and If your operating temperatures discontinuous operation, it is Subject to technical alterations.
flange
pressures at which gaskets may be and pressures fall within this field, advisable to choose a gasket Status: August 2001
used are influenced by a large a technical examination is normally which is not prone
medium bolt number of factors. unnecessary. to embrittlement Certified according to
Therefore a definite statement of . If your operating temperatures with ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
these values for gasket material is not and pressures are within this field, points the way to the right gasket
possible. a technical examination is conditions for the job KLINGER Limited
recommended.
process
So why does Klinger provide If your operating temperatures
pressure
control pT diagrams? and pressures are within this “open“ http://www.klinger.com.au
3.003/9.2000
For the reasons given the pT diagram field, a technical examination is

tempera-
ture
is not infallible: it serves as a rough always necessary.
guide for the end user who often has
Material Properties
KLINGERSIL C4243 KLINGERSIL C4324 KLINGERSIL C4400
General purpose, economy General purpose jointing High quality compressed syn-
grade material suitable for a based on a blend of synthetic thetic fibre jointing based on
wide range of water, oil and fibres with NBR binder. Also aramid fibres with NBR binder.
gas applications. suitable for low temperature
steam.
Colour Both sides light green One side grey, one side green Green both sides
Finish 3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surfaces
Also available with wire reinforce-
ment—KLINGERsil C4408
Uses Suitable for use with water, oils Suitable for use with oils, satu- Suitable for use with air, water,
and gases rated steam (to 180°C), water and oils, fuel and gases. Particularly
gases suitable for use in internal com-
bustion engines, compressors
and hydraulic systems.
Specifications/ KTW 1.3.13 BS 7531 Grade Y. BS 7531 Grade Y.
Approvals KTW 1.3.13 BAM Oxygen Gas Approval
DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 DIN-DVGW 88.02e 052
SVGW-Zulassung Potable Water—WRC & KTW
Typical Original TEST METHOD 2mm 1.5mm 2mm
Properties 1.75 g/cm3 1.75 g/cm3 1.6 g/cm3
Specific Gravity:
Compressibility ASTM F36A 8% 7-17% 11%
Recovery ASTM F36A 55% min 50% min 55% min

Stress Relaxation DIN 52913 26 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa
Sealability DIN 28090-2 0.04 mg/sm 0.02 mg/sm 0.02 mg/sm
Gas Leakage DIN 3535/6 0.4 ml/min 0.2 ml/min 0.2 ml/min
Typical properties
After Fluid Immersion
TEST METHOD
Thickness Increase:
ASTM Oil 1 5h/150°C ASTM F146
- - 0-5%
ASTM Oil 3 5h/150°C ASTM F146 5% 0-10% 0-5%
ASTM Fuel A 5h/23°C ASTM F146 - - 0-5%
ASTM Fuel B 5h/23°C ASTM F146 7% 0-10% 0-5%

Weight Increase:
ASTM Fuel B 5h/23°C ASTM F146 10% max. 10-15% 5% max.
Pressure/Temp
Operating Guidelines
1 Usually satisfactory to use

without reference to
KLINGER.
2 Usually satisfactory, refer to
KLINGER for applications with
steam.
3 Refer to KLIBGER for advice.
Chemical compatibility must also be
satisfied.
Material Properties
KLINGERSIL C4430 KLINGERSIL C4500 KLINGERSIL C6327 KLINGERSIL C8200
High quality compressed Premium quality compressed Specialised compressed Premium quality compressed
synthetic fibre jointing based synthetic fibre jointing synthetic fibre jointing based synthetic acid resistant
on glass fibres and NBR composed of carbon fibres on aramid fibres with SBR jointing.
binder. with NBR binder. binder. Features excellent
sealability, even with low sur-
face load.
One side white, one side green One side black, one side green Russet one side, black one side. One side white, one off-white.
3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surface. 3 x A anti stick surfaces. 3 x A anti stick surfaces.
Suitable for use with air, steam, oil, Universal material with excellent Highly suitable for a automo- Specially developed for strong
fuels, gases (including oxygen) and steam, oil & chemical resistance. tive applications due to “controlled organic & inorganic acid applica-
potable water applications. Particularly suitable for use in highly swell” properties in oil, com- tions. Wide resistance range
alkaline applications, and applica-
tion requiring high load bearing charac-
bined with good resistance to including most acids, fuels, oils,
teristics water. Also suitable for light indus- solvents, alkalis and water (not
trial and domestic appliance ap- suited for concentrated nitric acid)
plications.
BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X.
BS 5146 (Firesafe approval) API 6FA (Firesafe)
AGA No. 208 (Combust.gas) DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 (Gas)
Potable Water—AS4020 DIN 3754 IT S (Physical Confor-
DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 (Gas) Bam Oxygen Approval mity).
Bam Oxygen Approval Potable Water– &KTW
Potable Water– AS4020,WRC &KTW LNE (use with Food)
LNE (use with Food)
2mm 2mm 2mm 1.5mm
1.7 g/cm3 1.4 g/cm3 1.45 g/cm3 1.7 g/cm3
8% 12% 29% 9%
50% min 60% min 40% min 55% min
35 MPa 32 MPa 10 MPa (BS 7531) 18 MPa (BS 7531)
0.10 mg/sm 0.10 mg/sm - 0.10 mg/sm
1.0 ml/min 0.1 ml/min - 1.0 ml/min
Acid Immersion
0-5% 0-10% - 10% (H 2SO 4 96% 18h 23°C)
0-5% 0-10% 50% 8% (H 2SO 4 65% 48h 23°C)
0-5% 0-10% - 8% (HNO3 50% 18h 23°C)

0-5% 0-10% 30% * (HNO3 95% 18h 23°C)
*Not suitable
5% max. 5% 30% max. -
Why does Klinger supply KLINGERsil
pT diagrams? high-pressure gasket materials
Important points to be observed Dimensions of the standard sheets Rings and non-standard designs
The many and varied demands made on So why does Klinger provide pT diagrams? The selection of gaskets requires Sizes: These gaskets can be supplied in all
flange
gaskets For the reasons given the expertise and know-how since ever 1000 x 1500 mm, 1500 x 2000 mm sizes and in the same thicknesses as
The successful operation of a pT diagram is not infallible: greater reliability coupled with the Thicknesses: for sheets. PTFE envelope and eyelet
gasket depends upon a it serves as a rough guide for lowest possible leakage rates are 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, gaskets are also available.
medium bolt the end user who often has
multiplicity of factors. demanded of gasket materials. 3.0 mm.
Many who use static gaskets only the operating temperatures The exacting demands made on Other Thicknesses available on Surfaces
believe that the values quoted for and pressures to go on. Additional the tightness of gasket materials (e.g. request. The gasket materials as they leave the
maximum admissible temperature stresses such as greatly fluc- Tightness class L0.01) mean that with Tolerances: production line have excellent anti-
and maximum operating pressure tuating load may significantly increasing internal pressure higher Thickness ± 10%; length ± 50 mm; stick properties. However, if so
are inherent properties or affect whether a gasket is surface pressures must be applied to width ± 50 mm desired, they can be supplied with an
characteristics of gaskets and pressure
process suitable for the application. the gasket. anti-stick graphite or other finish on
control
gasket materials. It must be shown that the flange Variants one or both surfaces.
Unfortunately, this is not Resistance to media must be joint will tolerate the demands made KLINGERsil C-4409 and C-4509 are
the case. tempera- taken into account in every case. on it without being mechanically reinforced with expanded metal made The performance and life of
ture
The maximum temperatures and pressures at overloaded. Furthermore, the surface from carbon steel. Klinger gaskets depend in large
which gaskets may be used are influenced by a pressure applied to create the seal Gaskets reinforced with stainless steel measure on proper storage and fitting,
large number of factors. should never fall below the required C-4409 L and C-4509 L are also factors beyond the manufacturer’s
Therefore a definite statement of these values for
KLINGERsil:
minimum value since this will reduce available. Their specifications are the control. We can, however, vouch for
gasket material is not possible. the life of the gasket. Highly stressed, same but the stainless steel the excellent quality of our products.
but not overstressed gaskets have a reinforced grades are available in the
longer life than understressed sheet sizes:
gaskets. 1000 mm x 1250 mm and 1250 mm x
If the gasket fitted will be 2000 mm respectively.
Optimum
100 will suffer stress fluctuations during Thicknesses C-4409 L:
The fields of decision
discontinuous operation, it is 0.8 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm.
90 advisable to choose a gasket which Thicknesses C-4509 L:
§ 3 If your operating temperatures is not prone to embrittlement with 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm.
80 and pressures are within this ”open” increasing temperature (e.g. Other thicknesses available on
field, a technical examination is KLINGERgraphite laminate or request.
always necessary.
flange
70 KLINGERtop-chem), especially for
steam and/or water applications. KLINGERsil C-4400 can also be
60 For discontinuous operations in water supplied in a colourless version
and/or steam applications, we KLINGERsil C-4400 L. The standard
50 " 2 If your operating temperatures recommend as a general guide a green and the colourless versions are
and pressures are within this field a surface pressure of about 30 MPa. both KTW approved and are suitable
technical examination is In such cases the gasket should be as for food processing operations.
security
40 recommended. thin as is practicable. KLINGERsil C-4430 and C-4500
can be supplied as K-versions for use
30
For reasons of safety, we advise in power stations. Their chloride and
against the re-use of gaskets. fluoride contents conform to the
20
! 1 If your operating temperatures Siemens KWU standard.
pi bar
and pressures fall within this field, a

technical examination is normally Other KLINGERsil materials
unnecessary. The KLINGERsil sealant materials This folder presents the essential data
0 described form our main product on the gasket materials used in our
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
range. To meet special requirements, KLINGERsil range. The pT diagrams are
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 we supply other versions, e.g. of particular value as an aid to selecting
KLINGERsil C-4304, C-4324, C-4408, the right gasket for your application.
C-4438, C-4439 and C-6327 as well Detailed information
The three fields of decision If in doubt, contact the technical as various beater materials. permitting
do not indicate limits for the use department at Klinger. You can use selection of
of our material. They indicate a email, the KLINGERexpert® Please contact us; we shall be very the optimum
way to select the right gasket calculation program or call us. glad to advise you. gasket material
material. is provided inside.
KLINGERSIL® C-4243
Universal gasket material
for general applications
Basis Gasket material for liquids and gases at lower
Gasket material based on organic pressure and temperatures.
fibres bound with NBR.
Good chemical resistance against water and oil.
Klinger Hot and Cold Compression
Test Method
The Klinger Hot Compression Test
was developed by Klinger as a 100
method to test the load bearing capa-
bilities of gasket materials under hot 90
and cold conditions.
In contrast to the BS 7531 80
and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger
Compression test maintains a 70
constant gasket stress throughout the
entire test. This subjects the gasket to 60
more severe conditions.
The thickness decrease is mea- 50
sured at an ambient temperature of
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
23°C after applying the gasket load. 40
This simulates assembly.
Temperatures up to 300°C are 30
then applied and the additional
thickness decrease is measured.This 20
simulates the first start up phase.
pi bar
0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.
The many, varied demands placed These limits are dependent upon Areas of Application
on gaskets a multiplicity of factors as shown in In area one, the gasket material
A common perception is that the the diagram below. is normally suitable subject to
suitability of a gasket for any given It is always advisable to consider chemical compatibility
application depends upon the these factors when selecting a
maximum temperature and pressure material for a given application. In area two, the gasket materials
conditions. This is not the case. may be suitable but a technical
Maximum temperature and Selecting gaskets with evaluation is recommended.
pressure values alone can not define a pT diagrams
material’s suitability for an application. The Klinger pT diagram provides In area three, do not install
guidelines for determining the the gasket without a technical
suitability of a particular gasket evaluation.
material for a specific application
based on the operating temperature
and pressure only.
Additional stresses such as
fluctuating load may significantly
affect the suitability of a gasket
in the application and must be
considered separately. Always refer
to the chemical resistance of the
gasket to the fluid.
KLINGERSIL® C-4243
Technical data
Typical values
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 8
Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 55
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/175°C MPa 24
Klinger cold/hot compression, thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
50 MPa thickness decrease at 200°C % 25
Tightness acc. to DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m < 0.1
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 oil JRM 903: 5 h/150 °C % 5
fuel B: 5 h/20°C % 7
Density g/cm 1.75
3
Important points to be observed In cyclic loading conditions Surfaces

With heightened awareness of safety we recommend a minimum surface KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are
and environmental issues, reducing stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket generally furnished with surfaces of
leaks from flanged assemblies has should be as thin as is practicable. low adhesion. On request, graphite
become a major priority for industry. facings and other surface finishes on
It is therefore important for compa- For safety reasons never re-use one or both sides are also available.
nies who use gaskets to choose the gaskets.
correct material for the job and Function and durability
install and maintain it correctly to Dimensions The performance and service life of
ensure optimum performance. of the standard sheets KLINGER gaskets depend in large
A flanged joint will remain tight Sizes: measure on proper storage and fit-
as long as the surface pressure in 1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. ting, factors beyond the manufactor’s
service is higher than the minimum Thicknesses: control. We can, however, vouch for
surface pressure required to achieve 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, the excellent quality of our products.
the necessary levels of tightness 2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; With this in mind, please also
but is lower than the maximum per- other thicknesses and sizes on observe our installation instructions.
missible surface pressure.But increa- request.
singly high demands on the tightness Tolerances:
requirements for flanged joints (e.g. thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
Tightness class L 0.1 in accordance width ± 50 mm
with DIN 28090) necessitate the
application of high loads on the gas-
ket material in order to meet these
stringent requirements.
If the gasket is to be subjected
to non-static loading and stress
fluctuations due to temperature and
pressure cycling, it is advisable to
select a gasket material which is
less prone to embrittlement with
increasing temperatures (e.g. Subject to technical alterations.
KLINGERgraphite laminate, Status: February 2004
KLINGERtop-chem or
KLINGERtop-sil). Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on CD-ROM Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
http://www.klinger.co.at
The global leader in static sealing
A Universal
Material for
Safe and Reliable
Sealing
KLINGERSIL® C-4400
Aramid fibres bonded with NBR.
Resistant to oils, water, steam,
gases, salt solutions, fuels,
alcohols, moderate organic and
inorganic acids, hydrocarbons,
lubricants and refrigerants.
KLINGERSIL C-4400
®
The many, varied demands Maximum temperature and

placed on gaskets pressure values alone can not
A common perception is that the define a material’s suitability for
suitability of a gasket for any an application. These limits are
given application depends upon dependent upon a multiplicity of
the maximum temperature and factors as shown in the diagram
pressure conditions. This is not opposite. It is always advisable
the case. to consider these factors when
selecting a material for a given
application.
Selecting gaskets with Areas of Application

pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket subject to chemical
material for a specific application compatibility
based on the operating
temperature and pressure only. In area two, the gasket
Additional stresses such as materials may be suitable but a
fluctuating load may significantly technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket recommended.
considered separately. Always In area three, do not install
refer to the chemical resistance the gasket without a technical
of the gasket to the fluid. *Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised evaluation.
up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.
Klinger Hot and Cold The thickness decrease is Temperatures up to 300°C

Compression Test Method measured at an ambient tempe- are then applied and the
The Klinger Hot Compression rature of 23°C after applying the additional thickness decrease is
Test was developed by the gasket load. measured.This simulates the
Klinger Group as a method to This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
test the load bearing capabilities
of gasket materials under hot
and cold conditions. 80 80
Hot Flow %
Hot Flow %
In contrast to the BS 7531 70 70

and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger 60 60
Compression test maintains a 50 50
constant gasket stress 40 40
throughout the entire test. 30 30
This subjects the gasket to more 20 20
severe conditions. 10 10
0 0
100 90
300 350 400
80 70
60 50 200 250
The diagram shows 40 30
50 100 150
Stress MPa 20 10 0 Temperature °C
additional thickness decrease at temperature
KLINGERSIL C-4400
®
Maximum permissible surface Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU High tem
pressure σBO under operating for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1 High tem
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1 L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below measure
The maximum surface pressure under in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm Hot Com
operating conditions is the maximum The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the constant
allowable surface pressure on the minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve with incr
effective gasket area under service be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a using nit
conditions that can be applied to the the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and Stab
gasket before unacceptable relaxation The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows reading
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure specime
gaskets are destroyed. imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures – load and
500 porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads The
release of load due to the internal under these conditions. massflow
pressure. controlle
350
The diagrams below show the
minimum gasket stress required to
300
achieve the relevant tightness classes 2.6
Leak mg/(sm)
250
as a function of thickness. 2.4
2.2
200 0 mm
0,5
2.0
150 3.00mm 1.8
1.6
100 2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
50 1.5 mm 1.0
3 mm
3,0
70 0.8
0 1.0 mm 0.6
0 100 200 300 400 60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
The diagram above shows 0
40
this values for different gasket Tempe
30
thicknesses.
20
Modulus of elasticity ED in
2.6
accordance to DIN 28090
Leak mg/(sm)
0 10 20 30 50 2.4
This diagram outlines the modulus of 2.2
2.0
3.00mm elasticity compared to the surface 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm load. The curves describe the 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm behaviour at ambient temperature 1.0
70
and at 200°C. 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
0
40
160
Tempe
Tightness class L= 0.1 30
140
allows a maximum leakage of 20
120
0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter 200°C
100
of gasket length (mg/s x m) 28°C 2.6
Leak mg/(sm)
80
0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
60
2.0
3.00mm 40 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 20 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 0 1.0
70 0 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
0
40
Tempe
30
20
0 10 20 30 50
KLINGERSIL C-4400
®
Flanged joint integrity
High temperature tightness Important points to be observed

High temperature tightness is With heightened awareness of safety
measured by means of the Klinger and environmental issues, reducing
Hot Compression test under defined leaks from flanged assemblies has
constant gasket load and temperature become a major priority for industry.
with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for com-
using nitrogen as test fluid. panies who use gaskets to choose the
Stabilisation time for each correct material for the job and install
reading is two hours and a new test and maintain it correctly to ensure
specimen is used for every gasket optimum performance.
load and temperature.
The tightness is analysed with a A flanged joint will remain tight
massflow meter. The pressure is as long as the surface pressure in
controlled by pressure controller. service is higher than the minimum
surface pressure required to achieve
2.6
the necessary levels of tightness
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 Gasket load but is lower than the maximum

2.6 2.2
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0 permissible surface pressure.But

2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6 increasingly high demands on the
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
tightness requirements for flanged
1.4 1.0 joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6 accordance with DIN 28090)
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2 necessitate the application of high
0.4
0.2 100 loads on the gasket material in order
80
0
0 60 to meet these stringent requirements.
50 100 40
150 200 20
Temperature °C 250 300 Gas pressure bar
to non-static loading and stress
2.6 fluctuations due to temperature
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 Gasket load

2.6 2.2 and pressure cycling, it is advisable
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0 25 MPa

2.2 1.8 to select a gasket material which is
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
less prone to embrittlement with
1.6
1.4
1.2 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0
1.2 0.8 KLINGERgraphite laminate,
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.6 0.2
0.4 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
0.2
0 80
100 recommend a minimum surface
60
0 50 100 150
40 stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar should be as thin as is practicable.
For safety reasons never re-use

2.6
Gasket load gaskets.
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4
2.6 2.2
35 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
KLINGERSIL C-4400
®
Installation instructions
The following guidelines are 5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening.

designed to ensure the optimum Ensure gasket dimensions are correct. Provided that the above guidelines
performance of our gasket materials: The gasket should not intrude into the are followed retightening of the
bore of the pipework and should be gasket after joint assembly should
1. Choosing the gasket installed centrally. not be necessary.
There are many factors which must If retightening is considered
be taken into account when choosing 6. Bolting necessary, then this should only be
a gasket material for a given appli- Wire brush stud/bolts and nuts performed at ambient temperature
cation including temperature, (if necessary) to remove any dirt on before or during the first start-up
pressure and chemical compatibility. the threads. Ensure that the nuts can phase of the pipeline or plant.
Please refer to the information given run freely down the thread before use. Retightening of compressed fibre
in our brochure or, for advice to our Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating tem-
software program KLINGER ®expert. to the nut threads as well as to the peratures and longer operating times
If you have any questions regarding face of the nut to reduce friction when may lead to a failure of the gasket
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use connection and possible blow out.
application please contact Klinger of a bolt lubricant which ensures a
Technical Department. friction coefficient of between 0.10 to 9. Re-use
0.14. For safety reasons never re-use a
2. Gasket thickness gasket.
The gasket should be as thin as 7. Joint Assembly
technically practical. To ensure It is recommended that the bolts are
optimum performance a minimum tightened using a controlled method
thickness/width ratio of 1/5 is re- such as torque or tension, this will
quired (ideally 1/10). lead to greater accuracy and
consistency than using conventional
3. Flange condition methods of tightening. If using a
Ensure all remains of old gasket torque wrench, ensure that it is
materials are removed and the flanges accurately calibrated.
are clean, in good condition and For torque settings please refer
parallel. to the KLINGER ®expert or contact our
Technical Department which will be
4. Gasket compounds happy to assist you.
Ensure all gaskets are installed Carefully fit the gasket into
in a dry state, the use of gasket position taking care not to damage
compounds is not recommended as the gasket surface.
this has a detrimental effect on the When torquing, tighten bolts in
stability and load bearing charac- three stages to the required torque as
teristics of the material. In its follows:
uncompressed form the gasket can Finger tighten nuts. Carry out
absorb liquid, and this may lead to tightening, making at least three
failure of the gasket in service. To aid complete diagonal tightening
gasket removal Klinger materials are sequences i.e. 30%, 60% and 100%
furnished with a non sticking finish. of final torque value. Continue with
In difficult installation one final pass – torquing the
conditions, seperating agents such bolts/studs in a clockwise sequence.
as dry sprays based on molybdenum Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on
sulphide or PTFE e.g. KLINGERflon CD-ROM
spray, may be used, but only in
minimal quantities. Make sure that
the solvents and propellants are
completely evaporated.
®
KLINGERSIL C-4400
Technical data
■ Uses Typical values

High pressure gasket for universal
applications. Suitable for use with
oils, water, steam, gases, salt solu- Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 55
tions, fuels, alcohols, moderate Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 28
organic and inorganic acids, hydro- 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 25
carbons, lubricants and refrigerants, Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 23
food industry. Outstanding Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
performance in many applications.
■ Dimensions
of the standard sheets Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m 0.02
Sizes: Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 1.64E-08
Thicknesses: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 8 -12
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 3-5
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm;
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % < 15
other thicknesses and sizes on request.
Tolerances: Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
width ± 50 mm Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
■ Surfaces immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Density g/cm 3 1.6
generally furnished with surfaces of
Average surface resistance ROA Ω 3.6x10E10
low adhesion. On request, graphite
facings and other surface finishes on Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.4x10E10
one or both sides are also available. Average dielectric strength kV/mm 24
A non coloured version for food Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.147
application with technically identical Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 9.7
values is named KLINGERSIL® Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.40-0.42
C-4400L.
ASME-Code sealing factors
■ Function and durability
The performance and service life of for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 20
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 3.5
measure on proper storage and
fitting, factors beyond the manu-
factor’s control. We can, however,
vouch for the excellent quality of our
products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.
■ Tests and approvals

BAM approval in accordance with
UVV 28, oxygen (VBG 62) tested up
to 100 bar and 80°C.
Approved for gas supply in Powerful sealing calculation with
accordance with DIN 3535/6. online help on CD-ROM
DIN-DVGW-permit NG-5123AT0251,
HTB tested. SVGW-permit, Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
ÖVGW-permit, TÜV-Poland, DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
KTW recommended, food toleration Am Kanal 8-10
Austria, WRC approval, A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Germanischer Lloyd, BS 7531 Grade Y. Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
3.061e - 1/2004
TA-Luft (Clean air) approval, tested in Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296

accordance with VDI 2440 at 200°C. Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
Issue: January 2004 http://www.klinger.co.at
KLINGERSIL® C-4408
High strength due
to steel reinforcement
Basis Universal high-pressure gasket (C-super) for
Aramid fibres, bound with NBR. use in a wide range of industrial applications.
Suitable for high stress due to wire
reinforcement. Resistant to oils, water,
steam, gases, fuels, alcohols, hydro-
carbons, lubricants and refrigerants.
Klinger cold/hot compression

With this test method developed by
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition.
Unlike the method acc. to DIN
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions.
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at
heating up to 300°C is measured.
The indicated thickness decrease
at 300°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only

standardised up to PN 40
The many and varied demands Unfortunately, this is not the The fields of decision
made on gaskets case. If your operating temperatures
The successful operation of a gasket The maximum temperatures and and pressures fall within this field,
depends upon a multiplicity of factors. pressures at which gaskets may be a technical examination is normally
Many who use static gaskets believe used are influenced by a large unnecessary.
that the values quoted for maximum number of factors. . If your operating temperatures
admissible temperature and maximum Therefore a definite statement of and pressures are within this field,
operating pressure are inherent these values for gasket material is not a technical examination is
properties or characteristics of possible. recommended.
gaskets and gasket materials. If your operating temperatures
So why does Klinger provide and pressures are within this “open“
pT diagrams? field, a technical examination is
For the reasons given the pT diagram always necessary.
is not infallible: it serves as a rough
guide for the end user who often has
pressures to go on.
significantly affect whether a gasket is
suitable for the application.
taken into account in every case.
KLINGERSIL®
C-4408
Typical values for 2 mm thickness

Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa 28
Klinger cold/hot compression, 50 MPa thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
thickness decrease at 300°C % 22
Tightness acc. to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 2.5
Soluble chloride content chlorides (sol.) ppm 150
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 oil JRM 903: 5 h/150 °C % 5
fuel B: 5 h/23 °C % 5
Density g/cm 3 1.9
Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires For discontinuous operations in Rings and other finished gaskets
expertise and know-how since ever water and/or steam applications, These gaskets are available
greater reliability coupled with the we recommend as a general guide a in any size and corresponding sheet
lowest possible leakage rates are surface pressure of about 30 MPa. thicknesses, also flanged and
demanded of gasket materials. In such cases the gasket should be PTFE-enveloped .
The exacting demands made on as thin as is practicable.
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g. Surfaces
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with For reasons of safety, The standard surface finish of the
increasing internal pressure higher we advise against the re-use of material is such that the surface has
surface pressures must be applied to gaskets. an extremely low adhesion.
the gasket. On request, graphite facings and other
It must be shown that the flange Dimensions of the standard sheets surface finishes on one or both sides
joint will tolerate the demands made Sizes: are also available.
on it without being mechanically 1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface Thicknesses: Function and durability
pressure applied to create the seal 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, The performance and life of KLINGER
should never fall below the required 2.0 mm, 3.0 mm gaskets depend in large measure on
minimum value since this will reduce other thicknesses on request. proper storage and fitting, factors
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed, Tolerances: beyond the manufactor’s control. We
but not overstressed gaskets have a thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, can, however, vouch for the excellent
longer life than understressed width ± 50 mm quality of our products.
gaskets. With this in mind, please also
If the gasket fitted will be observe our installation instructions.
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket which
is not prone to embrittlement with
increasing temperature (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate or
Status: August 2003
KLINGERtop-chem), especially
for steam and/or water Certified according to
applications. DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
points the way to the right gasket Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
for the job GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
http://www.klinger.co.at
®
KLINGERSIL C-4430
A Universal Material
with outstanding
stress retention and
resistance to
hot water and steam
KLINGERSIL® C-4430
Optimum combination of synthetic fibres
bonded with NBR.
Resistant to water and steam
at higher temperatures as well as to oils, gases,
salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, moderate
organic and inorganic acids, hydrocarbons,
lubricants and refrigerants.
KLINGER – The global leader in static sealing

KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

application.

100
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides 90 In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the 80 material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket 70 subject to chemical
material for a specific application 60 compatibility.
based on the operating 50
temperature and pressure only. DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* In area two, the gasket
40
fluctuating load may significantly 30
technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket 20
recommended.
pi bar

considered separately. Always 0 In area three, do not install
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Test was developed by Klinger gasket load. measured.This simulates the
as a method to test the load This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
bearing capabilities of gasket
materials under hot and cold
conditions. 60 60
Thickness decrease %
Thickness decrease %
In contrast to the BS 7531 50

50
40 40
Compression test maintains a
constant gasket stress 30 30
throughout the entire test. 20 20
This subjects the gasket to more
10 10
severe conditions.
0 0
220 200 350 400
180160
The diagram shows 140 120 250 300
additional thickness decrease at temperature Stress MPa
100 80
60 40 100 150 200 Temperature °C
20 0 50
KLINGERSIL C-4430
®
Maximum permissible surface Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU
pressure σBO under operating for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1 L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below
The maximum surface pressure under in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm
operating conditions is the maximum The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the
allowable surface pressure on the minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve
effective gasket area under service be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a
conditions that can be applied to the the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and
gasket before unacceptable relaxation The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure
gaskets are destroyed. imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures –
500
porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads
450
release of load due to the internal under these conditions.
400
pressure.
350
minimum gasket stress required to 60
300
achieve the relevant tightness classes 50
250 0.5 mm as a function of thickness.
200 1.0 mm 40
150 1.5 mm 3.00mm
2.0 mm 30
100 2.0 mm
3.0 mm
50 1.5 mm 20
100
0 1.0 mm
60 80
0 100 200 300 400
0.5 mm 60
50
The diagram above shows 0
100 150
40
40 200 250 20
this values for different gasket 300 350 400 450
30 500
thicknesses.
20
Modulus of elasticity ED in
0 10 20 30 40 50
accordance to DIN 28090
This diagram outlines the modulus of
3.00mm elasticity compared to the surface
2.0 mm load. The curves describe the
1.5 mm behaviour at ambient temperature
1.0 mm
and at 200°C.
60
0.5 mm
50
40
160
140
120
0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter
100
of gasket length (mg/s x m)
80
0 10 20 30 40 50
200°C
60
28°C
3.00mm 40
2.0 mm 20
1.5 mm 0
0 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000
1.0 mm
60
0.5 mm
50
40
30
20
0 10 20 30 50
KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for
using nitrogen as test fluid. companies who use gaskets to
Stabilisation time for each choose the correct material for the
reading is two hours and a new test job and install and maintain it
specimen is used for every gasket correctly to ensure optimum
load and temperature. performance.
The tightness is analysed with a
massflow meter. The pressure is A flanged joint will remain tight
controlled by pressure controller. as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
2.6
surface pressure required to achieve
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)
2.6
2.4
2.2
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0 but is lower than the maximum

2.2 1.8
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
increasingly high demands on the
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
1.0 0.6 joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2 accordance with DIN 28090)
0.4
0.2 100 necessitate the application of high
0 80
0 60 loads on the gasket material in order
50 100 40
Temperature °C
150 200 250 300
20
Gas pressure bar
to meet these stringent requirements.

2.6
Gasket load to non-static loading and stress
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4
2.6 2.2 25 MPa fluctuations due to temperature and
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8 pressure cycling, it is advisable to
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6
1.4
1.2 less prone to embrittlement with
1.0
1.2 0.8 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0 0.6
0.6 0.2
0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.2
0 80
100 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
60
0 50 100 150
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
2.6
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)
2.6
2.4 For safety reasons never re-use
2.2 35 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0 gaskets.

2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
KLINGERSIL C-4430
®
The following guidelines are 5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening

in our brochure or, for advice to our Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating
software program KLINGER ®expert. to the nut threads as well as to the temperatures and longer operating
If you have any questions regarding face of the nut to reduce friction when times may lead to a failure of the
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use gasket connection and possible blow
application please contact Klinger of a bolt lubricant which ensures a out.
Technical Department. friction coefficient of between 0.10
to 0.14. 9. Re-use
2. Gasket thickness For safety reasons never re-use a
The gasket should be as thin as 7. Joint Assembly gasket.
4. Gasket compounds happy to assist you
Ensure all gaskets are installed in Carefully fit the gasket into
a dry state, the use of gasket position taking care not to damage
compounds is not recommended the gasket surface.
as this has a detrimental effect on When torquing, tighten bolts in
the stability and load bearing three stages to the required torque as
characteristics of the material. In its follows:
with online help on
®
KLINGERSIL C-4430
Technical data

High pressure gasket for universal
water and steam at higher Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 50
temperatures as well as to oils, gases, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 39
salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 35
moderate organic and inorganic Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 31
acids, hydrocarbons, lubricants and Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 8
refrigerants. Premium material grade
with outstanding stress retention.
Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m < 0.1
■ Dimensions Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
of the standard sheets Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 2,13E-05
Sizes: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 6 - 10
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 2-4
Thicknesses:
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % 7
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
other thicknesses and sizes on request. Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
Tolerances: Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
width ± 50 mm. Density g/cm 3 1.75
■ Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.2x10E11
generally furnished with surfaces of Average dielectric strength kV/mm 15.2
low adhesion. On request, graphite Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.05
facings and other surface finishes on Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 6.4
one or both sides are also available. Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.42
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 5
products.

Fire safe according to BS 5146.
UVV 28, oxygen( VGB 62)
tested up to 100 bar and 85° C. Powerful sealing calculation with
Approved for gas supply in online help on CD-ROM
accordance with DIN 3535/6.
DIN - DVGW permit NG 5123AN0418. Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
SVGW permit, KTW recommended. DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
Lab. National d`Essais 9030144. Am Kanal 8-10
WRc approval. Germanischer Lloyd. A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
BS 7531 Grade X. Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
TA Luft (Clean air) approval, Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
tested in accordance with VDI 2440 Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
at 250° C. Issue: July 2004 http://www.klinger.co.at
The global leader in static sealing
A Hightech
Fibre Material –
ideal for
strong alkali media
and steam
KLINGERSIL® C-4500
Carbon fibres and special heat
resistant additives bonded with NBR.
A superior performance product
designed for use with strongly
alkaline media and steam in the
chemical industry.
KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

application.

100
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides 90
In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the 80 material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket 70 subject to chemical
material for a specific application 60 compatibility
based on the operating 50
temperature and pressure only. DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* In area two, the gasket
40
30
fluctuating load may significantly technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket 20
recommended.
pi bar

considered separately. Always 0 In area three, do not install
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Test was developed by the gasket load. measured.This simulates the
Klinger Group as a method to This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
test the load bearing capabilities
of gasket materials under hot
and cold conditions. 50 50
Hot Flow %
Hot Flow %
In contrast to the BS 7531

40 40
Compression test maintains a 30 30
constant gasket stress
20 20
throughout the entire test.
This subjects the gasket to more 10 10
severe conditions.
0 0
120 300
100 250
The diagram shows 80 200
60 150
additional thickness decrease at temperature Stress MPa 40 100 Temperature °C
20 50
0
KLINGERSIL C-4500
®
Maximum permissible surface Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU High tem
pressure σBO under operating for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1 High tem
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1 L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below measure
The maximum surface pressure under in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm Hot Com
operating conditions is the maximum The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the constant
allowable surface pressure on the minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve with incr
effective gasket area under service be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a using nit
conditions that can be applied to the the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and Stab
gasket before unacceptable relaxation The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows reading
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure specime
gaskets are destroyed. imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures – load and
500
porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads The
release of load due to the internal under these conditions. massflow
450
pressure. controlle
400
350
minimum gasket stress required to 60
300
achieve the relevant tightness classes 50 2.6
Leak mg/(sm)
250 2.4
as a function of thickness. 2.2
200 0.5 mm 40 2.0
1.0 mm 3.00mm 1.8
150 1.6
1.5 mm 30
2.0 mm 1.4
100
2.0 mm 80 1.2
50 1.5 mm 20 1.0
3.0 mm 70 100 0.8
0 1.0 mm 0.6
60
80 0.4
0 100 200 300 400
mm 60 0.2
50 0
0 40
The diagram above shows 100 150
0
40 200 250 20
this values for different gasket 300 350 400 450
Tempe
30 500
thicknesses.
20
L 2.6
Leak mg/(sm)
0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
2.0
3.00mm 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 1.0
70 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50
0
0
40
Tempe
0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter

of gasket length (mg/s x m) L
2.6
Leak mg/(sm)
0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
2.0
3.00mm 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 1.0
70 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50
0
0
40
Tempe
30
20
L
0 10 20 30 40 50
KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for
using nitrogen as test fluid. companies who use gaskets to
Stabilisation time for each choose the correct material for the
reading is two hours and a new test job and install and maintain it
specimen is used for every gasket correctly to ensure optimum
load and temperature. performance.
The tightness is analysed with a
massflow meter. The pressure is A flanged joint will remain tight
controlled by pressure controller. as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
2.6 surface pressure required to achieve
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)
2.6
2.4
2.2
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4
2.2
2.0 but is lower than the maximum
1.8
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2 increasingly high demands on the
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0
0.8
0.6 joints ( e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
0.4
0.6 0.2 accordance with DIN 28090 )
0.4
0.2 100 necessitate the application of high
0 80
0 50 40
60 loads on the gasket material in order
100 150
Temperature °C
200 250 300
20
Gas pressure bar to meet these stringent requirements.

2.6
Gasket load to non-static loading and stress
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4
2.6 2.2 20 MPa fluctuations due to temperature and
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8 pressure cycling, it is advisable to
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2 less prone to embrittlement with
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0 0.6
0.6 0.2
0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.2 100
0 80 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
60
0 50 100 150
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
2.6
Gasket load For safety reasons never re-use
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4
2.6 2.2
35 MPa gaskets.
Leak mg/(sm)
2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
KLINGERSIL C-4500
®
The following guidelines are 5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening.

in our brochure or, for advice to our Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating
software program KLINGER ®expert. to the nut threads as well as to the temperatures and longer operating
If you have any questions regarding face of the nut to reduce friction when times may lead to a failure of the
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use gasket connection and possible blow
application please contact Klinger of a bolt lubricant which ensures a out.
Technical Department. friction coefficient of between 0.10 to
0.14. 9. Re-use
2. Gasket thickness For safety reasons never re-use a
The gasket should be as thin as 7. Joint Assembly gasket.
4. Gasket compounds happy to assist you
Ensure all gaskets are installed in Carefully fit the gasket into
a dry state, the use of gasket position taking care not to damage
compounds is not recommended the gasket surface.
as this has a detrimental effect on When torquing, tighten bolts in
the stability and load bearing three stages to the required torque as
characteristics of the material. In its follows:
with online help on
®
KLINGERSIL C-4500
Technical data

High pressure gasket for special
strong alkali medias and steam at Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 60
higher temperatures as well as to oils, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 35
gases, salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 32
organic and inorganic acids, Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 30
hydrocarbons, lubricants and Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
refrigerants. Premium material grade
with very high stress retention.
Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m < 0.1
■ Dimensions Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
of the standard sheets Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 4.94E-06
Sizes: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 7 - 11
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 3-5
Thicknesses:
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % 9
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
other thicknesses and sizes on request. Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
Tolerances: Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
width ± 50 mm Density g/cm 3 1.4
■ Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 7.5x10E4
generally furnished with surfaces of Average dielectric strength kV/mm < 0.1
low adhesion. On request, graphite Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.147
facings and other surface finishes on Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 9.7
one or both sides are also available. Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.2
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 4
products.

Fire safe according API SPEC 6 FA.
UVV 28, oxygen( VGB 62)
tested up to 100 bar and 85° C. Powerful sealing calculation
Approved for gas supply in with online help on CD-ROM
accordance with DIN 3535/6.
DIN - DVGW permit NG 5123AN0539. Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
ÖVGW permit, KTW recommended DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
Lab. National d`Essais 105.097 Am Kanal 8-10
Germanischer Lloyd. A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
BS 7531 Grade X. Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
3.065e - 1/2004
TA Luft ( Clean air ) approval, Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296

tested in accordance with VDI 2440 Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
at 250° C. Issue: January 2004 http://www.klinger.co.at
KLINGERSIL® C-6327
Excellent
at low surface loads
Basis: Fields of application:
Gasket material based on SBR-bound Body gaskets for liquids and steams at
aramide fibres and anorganic fibres.
Thanks to the swelling in oil and lower pressures and temperatures
fuels, it offers an excellent conformity and low bolt loads, e.g. transformer gaskets.
with the flange at low surface loads.
100
90
§
80
70
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
40
30
20
" !
pi bar
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690

are only standardised up to PN 40 and gasket "
thickness 2 mm. 0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
The many, varied demands placed These limits are dependent upon Areas of Application
on gaskets a multiplicity of factors as shown in In area one, the gasket material
A common perception is that the the diagram below. is normally suitable subject to
suitability of a gasket for any given It is always advisable to consider chemical compatibility
application depends upon the these factors when selecting a
maximum temperature and pressure material for a given application. In area two, the gasket materials
conditions. This is not the case. may be suitable but a technical
Maximum temperature and Selecting gaskets with evaluation is recommended.
pressure values alone can not define a pT diagrams
material’s suitability for an application. The Klinger pT diagram provides In area three, do not install
guidelines for determining the the gasket without a technical
suitability of a particular gasket evaluation.
material for a specific application
based on the operating temperature
and pressure only.
fluctuating load may significantly
affect the suitability of a gasket
considered separately. Always refer
to the chemical resistance of the
gasket to the fluid.
KLINGERSIL® C-6327
Technical data
Typical values
Compressibility ASTM F 36J % 25
Recovery ASTM F 36J min % > 45
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/175°C MPa 25
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 oil no. 3: 5 h/150 °C % 45
Weight increase ASTM F 146 oil no. 3: 5 h/150 °C % 45
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 30
Weight increase ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 30
Density g/cm 3 1.7
Important points to be observed In cyclic loading conditions Dimensions of the standard sheets
With heightened awareness of safety we recommend a minimum surface Sizes
and environmental issues, reducing stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket 1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm
leaks from flanged assemblies has should be as thin as is practicable. Thicknesses:
become a major priority for industry. 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm;
It is therefore important for com- For safety reasons never re-use other thicknesses on request.
panies who use gaskets to choose the gaskets. Tolerances:
correct material for the job and install thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
and maintain it correctly to ensure width ± 50 mm
optimum performance.
A flanged joint will remain tight Surfaces
as long as the surface pressure in KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are
service is higher than the minimum generally furnished with surfaces of
surface pressure required to achieve low adhesion. On request, graphite
the necessary levels of tightness facings and other surface finishes on
but is lower than the maximum one or both sides are also available.
permissible surface pressure.But
increasingly high demands on the Function and durability
tightness requirements for flanged The performance and service life of
joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in KLINGER gaskets depend in large
accordance with DIN 28090) measure on proper storage and
necessitate the application of high fitting, factors beyond the
loads on the gasket material in order manufactor’s control. We can,
to meet these stringent requirements. however, vouch for the excellent
If the gasket is to be subjected quality of our products.
to non-static loading and stress With this in mind, please also
fluctuations due to temperature and observe our installation instructions.
pressure cycling, it is advisable to
less prone to embrittlement
with increasing temperatures (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate,
KLINGERtop-chem or
KLINGERtop-sil).
Powerful sealing calculation Subject to technical alterations

with online help on CD-ROM
KLINGERSIL®
C-8200
Premium high-pressure gasket

for use with acids.
Resistant to a wide variety of media.
Greater security
for concentrated
acids
Glass fibres
bonded with special
acid-resistant
elastomeres.
KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Information for your safety
The many and varied demands Unfortunately, this is not the

made on gaskets case.
The successful operation of a The maximum temperatures and
gasket depends upon a pressures at which gaskets may be
multiplicity of factors. used are influenced by a large
Many who use static gaskets number of factors.
believe that the values quoted Therefore a definite statement
for maximum admissible of these values for gasket material
temperature and maximum is not possible.
operating pressure are inherent
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
Important points to be observed temperature (e.g. KLINGERgraphite Maximum gasket pressure in

The selection of gaskets requires laminate or KLINGERtop-chem), operating condition σBO in
expertise and know-how since ever especially for steam and/or water accordance with DIN 28090
greater reliability coupled with the applications. This diagram shows the max.
lowest possible leakage rates are For discontinuous operations in permissible gasket pressure in MPa to
demanded of gasket materials. water and/or steam applications, be applied as a function of the service
The exacting demands made on we recommend as a general guide a temperature. The values apply to the
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g. surface pressure of about 30 MPa. stated gasket thicknesses.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with In such cases the gasket should be
increasing internal pressure higher as thin as is practicable.
surface pressures must be applied to
the gasket. For reasons of safety,
It must be shown that the flange we advise against the re-use of
joint will tolerate the demands made gaskets. Min. gasket pressure σVU for
on it without being mechanically tightness classes L = 1.0, L = 0.1
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface and L = 0.01 in accordance with
pressure applied to create the seal DIN 28090
should never fall below the required This diagram shows the min.
minimum value since this will reduce gasket pressure necessary to achieve
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed, the tightness for the above tightness
but not overstressed gaskets have a classes at room temperature. Tightness
longer life than understressed class L= 0.1 allows a max. leakage of
gaskets. 1 mg nitrogen per second per meter of
If the gasket fitted will be gasket length (mg/s .m).
subjected to non-static loading, or The curves are shown for the standard
will suffer stress fluctuations during thickness material.
discontinuous operation, it is Minimum gasket pressure σBU for
advisable to choose a gasket tightness class L = 0.1
which is not prone to This three-dimensional diagram
embrittlement with describes the behaviour of the gasket
increasing material with respect to the required
Powerful sealing calculation minimum gasket pressure for a
with online help on CD-ROM
complete temperature range at 2 mm
thickness. It clearly shows that the
required minimum load decreases at
medium and higher temperatures –
the gasket will seal at lower surface
loads under these conditions.
KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Information for your safety
So why does Klinger provide The fields of decision

100
pT diagrams?
For the reasons given the pT diagram 90 If your operating temperatures
is not infallible: it serves as a rough 80 and pressures fall within this field,
guide for the end user who often has 70 a technical examination is normally
only the operating temperatures and 60
unnecessary.
pressures to go on. If your operating temperatures
50
Additional stresses such as DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
and pressures are within this field,
40
greatly fluctuating load may a technical examination is
significantly affect whether a gasket 30 recommended.
is suitable for the application. 20 If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this ”open”
pi bar

taken into account in every case. 0 field, a technical examination is
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
always necessary.
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised
500
450
400
350
300
250
200 0.5 mm
150
1.0 mm
1.5 mm
100
2.0 mm
50
3.0 mm
0
0 100 200 300 400
100 100 100

3.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm
90 90 90
2.0 mm 2.0 mm 2.0 mm
80 80 80
1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
70 70 70
1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm
60 60 60
0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
50 50 50
40 40 40
30 30 30
20 20 20
10 10 10
sil 8200 1.0 sil 8200 0.1 sil 8200 0.01
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
40
30
20
10 100
80
60
0 40
100 150 200 250 20
300 350 400 450 500
KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Technical data
Typical values for 2 mm thickness

Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 7
Density g/cm 3 1.7
Acid tests
Thickness increase HNO3 , 96%, 18h/23°C % unsuitable
H2SO4 , 96%, 18h/23°C % 10
H2SO4 , 65%, 48h/23°C % 8
Klinger cold/hot compression Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.2x10E10
With this test method developed by Average dielectric strength kV/mm 17.5
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.27
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition. Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 8.4
Unlike the method acc. to DIN ASME-Code sealing factors
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 1.0 mg/s x m MPa y 15
is kept constant during the complete and tightness classes MPa m 3
test so that the gasket is exposed to DIN 28090 tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 22.5
much tougher conditions.
MPa m 4
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at tightness class 0.01 mg/s x m MPa y 27.5
heating up to 200°C is measured. MPa m 4
The indicated thickness decrease
at 200°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.
Dimensions of the standard sheets Function and durability Tests and approvals
Sizes: The performance and life of KLINGER TÜV Poland.
1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm. gaskets depend in large measure on BS 7531 Grade X.
Thicknesses: proper storage and fitting, factors
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, beyond the manufactor’s control. We
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; can, however, vouch for the excellent
other thicknesses on request. quality of our products.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, With this in mind, please also
width ± 50 mm observe our installation instructions.
Rings and other finished gaskets

These gaskets are available in any
size and corresponding sheet
thicknesses, also edged and PTFE-
covered.
Surfaces
The standard surface finish of the Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
material is such that the surface has DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
an extremely low adhesion. On Am Kanal 8-10
request, graphite facings and other A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
surface finishes on one or both sides Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
are also available. Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
Status: December 2003 http://www.klinger.co.at
Chemical resistance table
Medium Chemical formula Gasket material
C 4106
C 4300
C 4304
C 4400
C 4430
C 4433
C 4500
C 6307
C 6327
C 8200
C 4408
C 4409
C 4509
Acetaldehyde CH3 CHO ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetamide CH3 CONH2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid 10% CH3 COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid 100% (glacial acetic acid) CH3 COOH ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid ester CH3 COOC2 H5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetone CH3 COCH3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetylene C 2H 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adipic acid HOOC(CH2)4 COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Air ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aliphatic hydrocarbons (see under specific name)
Alcohol (see under specific name)
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Chemical
Alum KAl(SO4)2
Aluminum acetate (CH3COO)2 Al OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aluminum chlorate Al(ClO3)3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aluminum chloride AlCl3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonia NH3 ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Resistance
Ammonium carbonate (NH4)2CO3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium chloride NH4 Cl ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium hydrogenphosphate (diammonium phosphate) (NH4)2HPO4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium hydroxide NH4OH ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Amyl acetate CH3 COOC5 H11 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ■ ■ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Table
Aniline C6H5 NH2
Anon (Cyclohexanone) C6 H10O ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ■ ■ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Arcton 12 (Frigen or Freon 12) C Cl2 F2 ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Arcton 22 (Frigen or Freon 22) CH F2 Cl ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Aromatic hydrocarbons (see under specific name)
Asphalt (tar) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Barium chloride BaCl2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Benzene C6 H6 ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●
Benzoic acid C6 H5 COOH ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ●
Blast furnace gas ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Bleaching liquor (chloride of lime) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Boiler feed water and boiler water (alkaline) ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ●
Borax Na2 B4 O7 .10H2O ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Boric acid B (OH)3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● The chemical resistance table serves
Brine NaCl ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● as a guide for the resistance to media
Butane C4H10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ● of all asbestos-free gaskets. All
information is provided in accordance
Butanol (butyl alcohol) C4H9 OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
with the current state of knowledge
Butanone (2) (M.E.K.) CH3COC2H5 ▲ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ and is subject to alteration.
Butyl acetates CH3COOC4H9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● If in doubt, please
Butyl alcohol C4H9 OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● use our free
Butylamine C4H9 NH2 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ technical fax
service. Details
Butyric acid C3H7COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
are given inside.
Subject to technical alternations. 4.99 ● Resistant* ■ Condit. recommended ▲ Not recommended
KLINGERstatite
Basis AS80.090 - For Applications at Lower Temperatures

Asbestos free beater addition
product based on cellulose fibre,
with Oil, Water and Fuel, e.g. Gearboxes and Pumps
bound with protein.
Good adaptation properties. Typical values at 0,8 mm thickness
Compressibility ASTM F 36 G % 32+/-5
Colour: light brown
Recovery ASTM F 36 G % > 40
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa > 17
25 MPa, 16 h/300°C
Tensile strength DIN 52910, crosswise MPa > 20
Tensile strength ASTM F 152, crosswise MPa > 24
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % 99
Thickness increase ASTM F146, % 1
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/ 150 °C
Weight increase ASTM F 146, % 6
Oil JRM 903: 5h/ 150 °C
Thickness increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % 1
Weight increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % 3
Thickness increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 22
Weight increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 57
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 0.8
Max. temperature* °C 120
* depending on installation and service conditions.
Sizes available Function and durability

Gaskets and material on rolls with The function and durability of the
1000 mm width. Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
installation conditions which we as
Thicknesses: manufacturers cannot influence.
0.2 – 3.0 mm We therefore only guarantee a perfect
condition of our material.
Tolerances:
thickness +/- 10% With this in mind, please also
lenght and width +/- 50 mm observe our installation instructions.
ISO 9002 & QS9000
KLINGER Limited
11-09-2001

Status: September 2001 http://www.klinger.com.au
KLINGERstatite
Basis AS84.070 - Good Quality Automotive Grade Suitable

Asbestos free beater addition
product based on cellulose fibre, for Most Soft Gasket Applications
bound with SBR.
Good controlled swell properties. Typical values at 0,8 mm thickness

Compressibility ASTM F 36 G % 17-20
Colour: light blue
Recovery ASTM F 36 G % >45
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa -
25 MPa, 16 h/300°C
Tensile strength DIN 52910, crosswise MPa >28
Tensile strength ASTM F 152, crosswise MPa -
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % -
Thickness increase ASTM F146, % 10-20
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/ 150 °C
Weight increase ASTM F 146, % <60
Oil JRM 903: 5h/ 150 °C
Thickness increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % <10
Weight increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % <60
Thickness increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 15-35
Weight increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 33-40
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 0.83
Max. temperature* °C 150

Gaskets and material on rolls with The function and durability of the
1000 mm width. Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
0.2 – 3.0 mm We therefore only guarantee a perfect
condition of our material.
Tolerances:
thickness +/- 10% With this in mind, please also
lenght and width +/- 50 mm observe our installation instructions.
ISO 9002 & QS9000
KLINGER Limited
11-09-2001

Status: September 2001 http://www.klinger.com.au
Cork ACN 60 Plus
Fuel, Oil, Gas and Transformer Gaskets
ASTM Spec D1170 Unavailable
ASTM Spec F104 F225000
Binder Nitrile
Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5/1
Colour Natural
Density (kg/m3) 750-900
Hardness, Shore A 70-80
Compressibility at 2.76 MPa 20-30
Recovery after (%) >80
Tensile Strength (kPa) >2400
Flexibility – Original (F5) No Cracks
Flex – ASTM Oil No1 70h @ 100C (F16) No Cracks
Flexibility – Oven aged 70 h @ 100C

(F1) No Cracks
Volume Change After Immersion
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -10 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +15
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) -2 to +10
…Sealing with Security Right to modify reserved. ACN 60 PLUS ISS.01

Cork MR 31 Plus
Highly compressible automotive and general purpose gasket material with
moderate oil resistance.
Binder Synthetic Rubber
Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5
Colour Black

(F1) No Cracks
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) +5 to +30
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) -2 to +10

Cork NP 50 Plus
Marine, Hydraulic, Electrical and Transformer gasket with high ozone resistance.
Binder Neoprene
Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5/2
Colour Natural

(F1) No Cracks
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) 0 to +30
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) 0 to +15

KLINGERgraphite
sealing tape
KLINGERgraphite consists of Type 1:

pure graphite expanded by a special KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
process that produces a flexible corrugated
material which fits perfectly to the Fields of application:
unevennesses of the sealing face. Universal packing for use in pumps
and fittings. The tape is wound
Chemical resistance: around the shaft or spindle on the
to almost all fluids such as acids, spot and compressed to a packing
alkalis, solvents, greases, oils, gas, with the help of the gland.
steam and water. All spindles and shafts can be
Exceptions: high-oxidizing fluids such reliably sealed with only a few tape
as concentrated nitric acid, potassium widths. Ask for our mounting
chlorate, permanganate solutions and instructions for packings.
chloric acid. Available in roles of 12 m length,
Details are given in the resistance packed in boxes, together with the
table. mounting instructions.
Material thickness: 0.5 mm
Temperature resistance: Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLINGER
– in oxidizing atmospheres from
- 200 °C to +450 °C Type 2:
– in reduction or inert atmospheres KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
up to +300 °C corrugated, self-adhesive
– excellent resistance to temperature Fields of applications:
fluctuations
– high thermal conductivity
– no hot or cold flows, even at high
temperatures and surface loads
– flexibility over the whole
The self-adhesive tape is ideal for
sealing big flanges and sealing
surfaces. The self-adhesive back fixes
the tape on the sealing surface during
mounting.
Graphite Laminate
temperature range
Other features:
– excellent sliding properties,
max. 40m/s
The required amount of adhesive
is very small. It carbonises at higher
temperatures.
Available in roles of 12 m length,
packed in boxes, together with the avail
and
with
able (AS)
Also antistick
– no adhesion of the sealing area
– self-lubricating, therefore no wear
on moving parts
– high corrosion resistance
– no swelling or shrinkage under
mounting instructions.
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLING
sealing tape
E R
influence of media
– no ageing
– easy to work with
– not detrimental to health
Forget about all unpleasant properties

which you know from laminated
graphite. Our quality of
KLINGERgraphite
-laminate PSM,
SLS and PDM
offer high strength
and optimal handling.
KLINGERgraphite-
foils, sheets, laminate SLS
Tests and permits: Technical data

DIN-DVGW-permit no. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa > 48
NG-5124AT0417,
Tightness ASTM F 37 B (Fuel A) ml/h 0.5
BAM checked according to UVV28,
Oxygen (VBG62) up to 130 bar and Tightness according to DIN 3535 ml/min 0.6
200°C even for use with liquid oxygen, Total content of chloride and fluoride ppm ≤ 200
WRc-approval. Water-soluble share of chloride ppm < 40
Purity of graphite % 98
Anti-stick finish:
Purity of graphite for nuclear application % 99.8
The foils and sheets indicated at the
right-hand side are available with Total content of chloride and fluoride ppm ≤ 100
KLINGERantistick (A/S) a finish which Water-soluble share of chloride ppm ≤ 20
keeps its stability even at high KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request
temperatures and causes no organic KLINGERgraphite foil H
contaminations of the pure graphite. Thicknesses: 0.25/ 0.38/ 0.50/ 0.63/ 0.76/ 1.00 mm
Roles: width 1 m, max. length 90 m
KLINGERgraphite sheets HL without reinforcement
Thicknesses: 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
Sheets: 1,000 x 1,000 mm
* In case of supply shortfall also KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS with 1.4401* reinforcement, thickness 0.05 mm
1.4404 may be delivered. Several reinforcement layers on request, for higher stiffness.
Thicknesses: 0.45/ 0.6/ 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
Sheets: 1,000 x 1,000 mm
Material on roles: Thickness 0.45 - 1.0 mm
Sheets: 1,500 x 1,500 mm in thickness 1.5/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERgraphite foil self-adhesive
Thicknesses of graphite foil: 0.38/ 0.50/ 0.70 mm
Roles: width 1 m , max. length 90 m
Max. load diagram (MPa) as a function of the Load diagram of KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS
compressed width for KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS with reinforcement, thickness 0.05 mm.
with reinforcement of 1.4401/ thickness 0.05 mm. Initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial thicknesses.
(Typical values) (Typical values)
3 mm 2 1.5 1 mm 3.0
14 mm mm 20 °C
2.8
300 °C
12 2.6
2.4
10
2.2
Compressed width [mm]

8 2.0
0.5 mm 1.8
6
1.6
4 1.4
2 1.2
1.0
0
Thickness [mm]
0.8
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280
0.6
Max. load
Stress [MPa]
[MPa] 0.4
0.2
0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Load
Gasket[MPa]
stress [MPa]
KLINGERgraphite- KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PSM laminate PDM
Technical data
Density of graphite layer g/cm 3 1,0 +- 5% Better handling
Max. perm. surface load at 450 °C
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A
MPa
% 28 – 42
300
and a much higher capability
Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 13 – 19 Forget about all unpleasant properties
which you know from handling graphite materials.
Stress relaxation DIN 52913:
Here are three convincing advantages which are due to the 30% higher density of
50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa min. 48 the new KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM:
KLINGER cold hot compression:
Surface load 50 MPa
Thickness decrease at 23 °C % 30
Thickness decrease at 300 °C % 1.5
1. Higher stability due to 2. Optimal handling 3. Clearly more safety
two tang stainless steel sheet Due to of the increase in density we Gaskets made of the new
Tightness according to DIN 3535 part 6 ml/min. 0.6
reinforcements could do without any impregnation. KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM offer
Chloride content of graphite layer ppm max. 40 Due to the improved connection of the The new KLINGERgraphite- clearly more safety during fitting and
Thickness mm 1.0 graphite and the two tang stainless laminate PDM has a purity of 98% and under operation.
Size of sheets mm 1,000/1,000 steel sheets the new KLINGER- is free of resins, impregnations, or
mm 1,500/1,500 graphite-laminate PDM offers a higher other organic substances and therefore
stability and deformation resistance. free of possibly toxic residual risks.
Thickneses: 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request
Suitable for temperatures up to Order example: Load diagram for KLINGERgraphite-

approx. 450°C. 1 sheet laminate PSM with tanged stainless steel Important: Technical data
In an inert atmosphere (no admission KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM sheet reinforcement, thickness 0.1 mm, Due to the higher compression, the Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 19–23
of oxygen) even suitable for higher 1500 or 1,000 x 1,000 x 1.5 mm. initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM has a Final thickness at a surface load of 35 MPa mm 1.18–1.23
temperatures. thickneses. thickness of 1.5 mm, even where Density of the graphite layer g/cm 3 1.3
Other delivery options (Typical values). 2.0 mm-graphite gaskets were
Fields of application: Rings and other finished gaskets are Graphite purity % min. 98
previously used.
Particularly suitable under high also available in any size and The final thicknesses are the Chloride content ppm max. 40
chemical and thermal loads. corresponding sheet thicknesses. 3.0 same in compressed condition. Tang stainless steel sheets: Material 1.4401*
KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM 20 °C
2.8 Thickness mm 0.075
keeps its physical properties in the Tests and approvals:
300 °C
2.6 Anti-stick finish: Number of sheets 2
entire field of application.(Resistance DIN-DVGW approval no. 2.4 The KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min. 0.5
table see back.) NG-5124AT0417. 2.2 is available with KLINGERantistick
Suitable for media used in the BAM approval in accor- (A/S) a finish which keeps its stability Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 48
2.0
food industry. In accordance with dance with UVV 28, oxygen even at high temperatures and causes Max. surface load at 300 °C MPa 200
1.8
Landesgewerbeamt von Baden- (VBG 62) tested up to 130 bar 1.6 no organic contaminations of the pure Permanent operating temperature °C ca. 450
Württemberg and the requirements of and 200°C, also for use with graphite. Size of sheets mm 1,000 x1,000
1.4
the German Food Act. liquid oxyen, WRc approval.
The function and durability of the
Klinger gaskets depends largely on Anti-stick finish: 1.0 Other sizes on request
Thickness [mm]
the installation conditions which we The KLINGERgraphite- 0.8 KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request.
as manufacturers cannot influence. laminate PSM is available 0.6 DIN-DVGW approval no. NG-5124AT0417
We therefore only guarantee a perfect with KLINGERantistick. (A/S) 0.4
condition of our material. A finish which keeps its sta- 0.2
bility even at high tempera- 0
Material structure: tures and causes no organic 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
A KLINGERgraphite foil is rolled contaminations of the pure Load [MPa]
Gasket stress [MPa]
on a 0.10 mm thick tanged stainless graphite.
steel sheet (1.4401*) without 0.8 mm, 1.5 mm, 2mm, and
adhesive. 3 mm thick sheets are also available.
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404

may be delivered. * In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404 may be delivered.
KLINGERgraphite- KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PSM laminate PDM
Technical data PSM 10010 PSM 15010 PSM 20010

Density of graphite layer g/cm 3 ca. 1,0 ca. 1,0 ca. 1,0 Better handling
Max. perm. surface load at 450 °C
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A
MPa
% 28 – 33
300 180
33 – 38
160
35 – 40
and a much higher capability
Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 14 – 19 13 – 18 13 – 18 Forget about all unpleasant properties
familiar with handling graphite materials.
Stress relaxation DIN 52913:
Here are three convincing advantages which are due to the 30% higher density of
50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa min. 48 min. 48 min. 48 the new KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM:
KLINGER cold hot compression:
Surface load 50 MPa
Thickness decrease at 23 °C % 30 40 45
Thickness decrease at 300 °C % 1.5 1.5 2.0
1. Higher stability due to 2. Optimal handling 3. Clearly more safety
two tanged stainless steel sheet Due to the increase in density we Gaskets made of the new
Tightness according to DIN 3535 part 6 ml/min. 0.6 0.8 1.0
reinforcements did away with impregnation. KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM offer
Chloride content of graphite layer ppm max. 40 max. 40 max. 40 Due to the improved connection of the The new KLINGERgraphite- more safety during fitting and whilst
Thickness mm 1.0 1.5 2.0 graphite and the two tanged stainless laminate PDM has a purity of 98% and under operation.
Size of sheets mm 1,000/1,000 1,000/1,000 1,000/1,000 steel sheets the new KLINGER- is free of resins, impregnations, or
mm 1,500/1,500 1,500/1,500 1,500/1,500 graphite-laminate PDM offers a higher other organic substances and therefore
stability and deformation resistance. free of possibly toxic residual risks.
Thickneses: 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request
Suitable for temperatures up to Order example: Load diagram for KLINGERgraphite-

approx. 450°C. 1 sheet laminate PSM with tang stainless steel Important: Technical data
In an inert atmosphere (no admission KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM sheet reinforcement, thickness 0.1 mm, Due to the higher compression, the Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 19–23
of oxygen) even suitable for higher 15010, 1,000 x 1,000 x 1.5 mm. initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM has a Final thickness at a surface load of 35 MPa mm 1.18–1.23
temperatures. thickneses. thickness of 1.5 mm, even where Density of the graphite layer g/cm 3 1.3
Other delivery options (Typical values). 2.0 mm-graphite gaskets were
Fields of application: Rings and other finished gaskets are Graphite purity % min. 98
previously used.
Particularly suitable under high also available in any size and The final thicknesses are the Chloride content ppm max. 40
chemical and thermal loads. corresponding sheet thicknesses. 3.0 same in compressed condition. Tang stainless steel sheets: Material 1.4401*
KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM 20 °C
keeps its physical properties in the Tests and approvals:
300 °C
2.6 Anti-stick finish: Number of sheets 2
entire field of application. Resistance DIN-DVGW approval no. 2.4 The KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min. 0.5
table see back. NG-5124AT0417. 2.2 is available with KLINGERantistick
Suitable for media used in the BAM approval in accor- (A/S) a finish which keeps its stability Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 48
2.0
food industry. In accordance with dance with UVV 28, oxygen even at high temperatures and causes Max. surface load at 300 °C MPa 200
1.8
Landesgewerbeamt von Baden- (VBG 62) tested up to 130 bar 1.6 no organic contaminations of the pure Permanent operating temperature °C ca. 450
Württemberg and the requirements of and 200°C, also for use with graphite. Size of sheets mm 1,000 x1,000
1.4
the German Food Act. liquid oxyen, WRc approval.
The function and durability of the
Klinger gaskets depends largely on Anti-stick finish: 1.0 Other sizes on request
Thickness [mm]
the installation conditions which we The KLINGERgraphite- 0.8 KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request.
as manufacturers cannot influence. laminate PSM is available 0.6 DIN-DVGW approval no. NG-5124AT0417
We therefore only guarantee a perfect with KLINGERantistick (A/S) 0.4
condition of our material. a finish which keeps its sta- 0.2
bility even at high tempera- 0
Material structure: tures and causes no organic 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
A KLINGERgraphite foil is rolled contaminations of the pure Load [MPa]
Gasket stress [MPa]
on a 0.10 mm thick tang stainless graphite.
steel sheet (1.4401*) without 1.5 mm, 2mm, and 3 mm thick
adhesive. sheets are also available with resin
impregnation as an alternative.
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404
may be delivered. * In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404 may be delivered.
KLINGERgraphite
sealing tape
KLINGERgraphite consists of Type 1:

pure graphite expanded by a special KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
process that produces a flexible corrugated
material which fits perfectly to the Fields of application:
unevennesses of the sealing face. Universal packing for use in pumps
and fittings. The tape is wound
Chemical resistance: around the shaft or spindle on the
to almost all fluids such as acids, spot and compressed to a packing
alkalis, solvents, greases, oils, gas, with the help of the gland.
steam and water. All spindles and shafts can be
Exceptions: high-oxidizing fluids such reliably sealed with only a few tape
as concentrated nitric acid, potassium widths. Ask for our mounting
chlorate, permanganate solutions and instructions for packings.
chloric acid. Available in roles of 12 m length,
Details are given in the resistance packed in boxes, together with the
table. mounting instructions.
Temperature resistance: Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLINGERgraphite
– in oxidizing atmospheres from
- 200 °C to +450 °C Type 2:
– in reduction or inert atmospheres KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
up to +300 °C corrugated, self-adhesive
– excellent resistance to temperature Fields of applications:
fluctuations
– high thermal conductivity
– no hot or cold flows, even at high
temperatures and surface loads
– flexibility over the whole
The self-adhesive tape is ideal for
sealing big flanges and sealing
surfaces. The self-adhesive back fixes
the tape on the sealing surface during
mounting.
Gasket
a il
with
able (A/S)
v
and
a
temperature range The required amount of adhesive Also antistick ion
E R at
is very small. It carbonises at higher KLIN G
n i m pregn
si
Other features: temperatures. or re
– excellent sliding properties, Available in roles of 12 m length,
max. 40m/s packed in boxes, together with the
– no adhesion of the sealing area
– self-lubricating, therefore no wear
on moving parts
– high corrosion resistance
– no swelling or shrinkage under
mounting instructions.
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm sealing tape
influence of media
– no ageing
– easy to work with
– not detrimental to health
Forget about all unpleasant properties

which you know from laminated
graphite. Our qualities
KLINGERgraphite
-laminate SDS
and PDM offer
high strength
and optimal handling.
Chemical Resistance table Properties
for all KLINGERgraphite
products
Medium Medium Medium Please note the resistance KLINGERgraphite–laminate Since only small amounts of
Concentration
Concentration
Concentration
Temperature
Temperature
Temperature
table in the margin KLINGERgraphite-laminate SDS adhesive (less than 0.005 mm thick-
up to °C
up to °C
up to °C
The given concentrations and consists of expanded-graphite layers ness, no chlorides) are used, the
temperatures might be exceeded if bonded to steel foil with adhesive or excellent chemical and thermal
[%]
[%]
[%]
the medium is not or only in rolled on tang stainless steel rein- resistances of the flexible graphite
Acetic acid ● N.I. Diethanolamine ● N.I. Paraldehyde ● N.I.
restricted contact with the graphite. forcement. are not affected.
Acetic acid anhydride ● N.I. Ethyl alcohol ● N.I. Perchlorethylene ● N.I. This case arises when edged and The adhesive layer is applied in
Acetone ● N.I. Ethyl chloride ● N.I. Petrol (Fuel) ● N.I. spiralwound gaskets are used. an exactly controlled process so as to Range of application
Air ● 450 Ethyl dichloride ● N.I. Petroleumether ● N.I. KLINGERgraphite is not ensure Sealing material for:
Alum ● N.I. Ethylamine ● N.I. Petroleum/-products ● N.I. resistant to mixtures of nitric acid – that the amount of adhesive is – high and low temperatures
Aluminium chloride ● N.I. Ethylene chlorohydrine < 10 N.I. Phosphoric acid < 50 N.I.
and other stronger acids (e.g. nitra- always less than 1% of the graphite – high corrosive and aggressive
ting acid, aqua regia etc.), chromi- – a uniform distribution of the medias
Amino acid ● N.I. Fatty acids ● N.I. Phosphorus trichloride ● N.I.
um VI and permanganate solutions adhesive. – sensitive flanges (enamel, glass,
Ammonia ● N.I. Fluorine ● N.I. Potassium chlorate (melt) ■ N.I. as well as melts af alkali or alkaline The advantage of this method is graphite)
Ammonium hydroxide ● N.I. Formic acids ● N.I. Potassium nitrate (melt) ■ N.I. earth metals.The given recommen- that the excellent characteristics of the – gas and steam applications
Ammonium sulfate ● N.I. Frigen (Freon) ● N.I. Propane ● N.I. dations are supposed to be a help flexible graphite are kept.
Amyl acetate ● N.I. Hydrazine ● N.I. Sodium carbonate ● N.I. for the use of KLINGERgraphite.
We cannot give a guarantee
Amyl alcohol ● N.I. Hydro sulfide ● N.I. Sodium chloride ● N.I.
Aniline ● N.I. Hydrobromic acid ● N.I. Sodium hydroxide < 75 N.I.
as function and durability depend Properties of flexible
on a variety of factors which we as
Aqua regia ■ N.I. Hydrocarbones ● N.I. Sodium hypochloride < 20 30 manufacturers cannot influence. KLINGERgraphite
Arsenic acid ● N.I. Hydrochloric acid ● N.I. Sodium peroxide ■ N.I. If there are particular conditions of
Benzenesulfonic acid < 60 N.I. Hydrofluoric acid ● 140 Steam ● N.I. admission these have to be
observed. – No flowing under pressure and
Benzol and derivates ● N.I. Iodine ● N.I. Stearic acid ● N.I. temperature loads
For information on other media
Bitumen ● N.I. Iron chlorides ● N.I. Sulfur dioxide ● N.I.
or operating conditions we are at
Boric acid ● N.I. Iron sulfates ● N.I. Sulfur trioxide ■ N.I. your disposal.
Bromine ■ N.I. Isopropanole ● N.I. Sulfuric acid < 70 20 – temperature-resistant from -200 °C to + 450°C
( in inert atmosphere even higher)
Bromine water ● N.I. Isopropyl acetates ● N.I. Sulfurous acid ● N.I.
Butane ● N.I. Isopropyl ether ● N.I. Synthetic resins ● N.I.
Butanone ● N.I. Kerosene ● N.I. Tartaric acid ● N.I. – reliable sealing of gases and liquids
Butyl acetate ● N.I. Lactic acid ● N.I. Terpentine ● N.I.
Butyl alcohol ● N.I. M.E.K. (2-butanone) ● N.I. Trichlor ethylene ● N.I.
Calcium chlorate < 10 60 Manganese sulfates ● N.I. Vinyl chloride ● N.I. – excellent micro-sealing
Calcium chloride < 15 N.I. Mercaptoethylene < 50 N.I. Water ● N.I.
Calcium hydroxide ● N.I. Methanol ● N.I. Zinc chloride ● N.I. – chemically resistant to nearly all medias
Calcium hypochlorite ● N.I. Methylen chloride ● N.I.
Carbon tetrachloride ● N.I. Methylpentanone peroxide ● N.I.
Carbonic acid ● N.I. Mineral oil ● N.I. – excellent resistance to
temperature fluctuations
Cellosolve ● N.I. Monochlorbenzene ● N.I.
Chlorine (dry) ● N.I. Nickel chloride ● N.I.
Chlorine dioxide ■ N.I. Nickel sulfate ● N.I. – high flat heat conductivity
Chlorine water ● 25 Nitrating acid ■ N.I.
Chloroacetic acid ● 25 Nitric acid 85
Chloroform ● N.I. Oils ● N.I. – no health hazard
Chromic acid < 10 25 Oleum ■ N.I.
Citric acid ● N.I. Oleic acid ● N.I. – unlimited shelf live
Condensate ● N.I. Oxalic acid ● N.I.
Copper sulfate ● N.I. Oxygen ● 200 ● = suitable for any concentration
Cyclohexane ● N.I. Oxygen liquid ● N.I. – no combination with glass and ceramics
■ = unsuitable
N.I. = no influence Subject to technical alterations.
Subject to technical alterations. 4.99 April 1999
Resistance table Properties
for all KLINGERgraphite
products
Medium Medium Medium Please note the resistance
Concentration
Concentration
Concentration
Temperature
Temperature
Temperature
table in the margin
up to °C
up to °C
up to °C
The given concentrations and
temperatures might be exceeded if
[%]
[%]
[%]
the medium is not, or is only in
Acetic acid ● N.I. Diethanolamine ● N.I. Paraldehyde ● N.I.
restricted contact with the graphite.
Acetic acid anhydride ● N.I. Ethyl alcohol ● N.I. Perchlorethylene ● N.I. This case arises when edged and
Acetone ● N.I. Ethyl chloride ● N.I. Petrol (Fuel) ● N.I. spiral wound gaskets are used.
Air ● 450 Ethyl dichloride ● N.I. Petroleumether ● N.I. KLINGERgraphite is not
Alum ● N.I. Ethylamine ● N.I. Petroleum/-products ● N.I. resistant to mixtures of nitric acid
Aluminium chloride ● N.I. Ethylene chlorohydrine < 10 N.I. Phosphoric acid < 50 N.I.
and other stronger acids (e.g. nitra-
ting acid, aqua regia etc.), chromi-
Amino acid ● N.I. Fatty acids ● N.I. Phosphorus trichloride ● N.I.
um VI and permanganate solutions
Ammonia ● N.I. Fluorine ● N.I. Potassium chlorate (melt) ■ N.I. as well as melts af alkali or alkaline
Ammonium hydroxide ● N.I. Formic acids ● N.I. Potassium nitrate (melt) ■ N.I. earth metals.The given recommen-
Ammonium sulfate ● N.I. Frigen (Freon) ● N.I. Propane ● N.I. dations serve only as a guide
Amyl acetate ● N.I. Hydrazine ● N.I. Sodium carbonate ● N.I. to the use of KLINGERgraphite.
We cannot give a guarantee
Amyl alcohol ● N.I. Hydro sulfide ● N.I. Sodium chloride ● N.I.
Aniline ● N.I. Hydrobromic acid ● N.I. Sodium hydroxide < 75 N.I.
as function and durability depend Properties of flexible
on a variety of factors which we as
Aqua regia ■ N.I. Hydrocarbones ● N.I. Sodium hypochloride < 20 30 manufacturers cannot influence. KLINGERgraphite
Arsenic acid ● N.I. Hydrochloric acid ● N.I. Sodium peroxide ■ N.I. If there are particular conditions of
Benzenesulfonic acid < 60 N.I. Hydrofluoric acid ● 140 Steam ● N.I. admission these have to be
observed. – No flowing under pressure and
Benzol and derivates ● N.I. Iodine ● N.I. Stearic acid ● N.I. temperature loads
For information on other media
Bitumen ● N.I. Iron chlorides ● N.I. Sulfur dioxide ● N.I.
or operating conditions we are at
Boric acid ● N.I. Iron sulfates ● N.I. Sulfur trioxide ■ N.I. your disposal.
Bromine ■ N.I. Isopropanole ● N.I. Sulfuric acid < 70 20 – temperature-resistant from -200 °C to + 450°C
( in inert atmosphere even higher)
Bromine water ● N.I. Isopropyl acetates ● N.I. Sulfurous acid ● N.I.
Butane ● N.I. Isopropyl ether ● N.I. Synthetic resins ● N.I.
Butanone ● N.I. Kerosene ● N.I. Tartaric acid ● N.I. – reliable sealing of gases and liquids
Butyl acetate ● N.I. Lactic acid ● N.I. Terpentine ● N.I.
Butyl alcohol ● N.I. M.E.K. (2-butanone) ● N.I. Trichlor ethylene ● N.I.
Calcium chlorate < 10 60 Manganese sulfates ● N.I. Vinyl chloride ● N.I. – excellent micro-sealing
Calcium chloride < 15 N.I. Mercaptoethylene < 50 N.I. Water ● N.I.
Calcium hydroxide ● N.I. Methanol ● N.I. Zinc chloride ● N.I. – chemically resistant to nearly all medias
Calcium hypochlorite ● N.I. Methylen chloride ● N.I.
Carbon tetrachloride ● N.I. Methylpentanone peroxide ● N.I.
Carbonic acid ● N.I. Mineral oil ● N.I. – excellent resistance to
temperature fluctuations
Cellosolve ● N.I. Monochlorbenzene ● N.I.
Chlorine (dry) ● N.I. Nickel chloride ● N.I.
Chlorine dioxide ■ N.I. Nickel sulfate ● N.I. – high flat heat conductivity
Chlorine water ● 25 Nitrating acid ■ N.I.
Chloroacetic acid ● 25 Nitric acid 85
Chloroform ● N.I. Oils ● N.I. – no health hazard
Chromic acid < 10 25 Oleum ■ N.I.
Citric acid ● N.I. Oleic acid ● N.I. – unlimited shelf live
Condensate ● N.I. Oxalic acid ● N.I.
Copper sulfate ● N.I. Oxygen ● 200 ● = suitable for any concentration
Cyclohexane ● N.I. Oxygen liquid ● N.I. – no combination with glass and ceramics
■ = unsuitable
N.I. = no influence Subject to technical alterations.
Subject to technical alterations. 4.99 April 2002
KLINGERmilam PSS
Basis High-Temperature Gasket Material

KLINGERmilam is an asbestos-free based on Mica with Perforated Stainless Steel
sealing material based on mica with a
perforated 0.1 mm thick stainless steel Reinforcement 1.4401 or AISI 316
reinforcement made of 1.4401 or
AISI 316 Typical values PSS 130 PSS 320
KLINGERmilam is specifically Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 12-15 18-23
suitable at aggressive acids and high Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 50-55 45-50
temperatures. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 40 30
50 MPa, 16 h/300°C
It is also suitable above the typical Tensile strength DIN 52910 MPa 22 20
application temperatures of Graphite.
Tensile strength ASTM F 152 MPa 25 21
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % <5 <15
Sealability for nitrogen at 30 MPa and ml/min 0,20 on inq.
6 bar, temperature within 100 to 400°C
(Sample size 90 x 50 mm) max.
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 % 12 5
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C
Weight increase ASTM F 146 % 26 281
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C
Max. gasket load MPa 100 80
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 2.1 1.8
Max. temperature* °C 900 900
Thickness mm 1.3 3.2

Dimensions of the standard sheets The function and durability of the
1000 x 1200 mm Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
PSS 130 = 1.3 mm, We therefore only guarantee a perfect
PSS 320 = 3.2 mm condition of our material.
Additional sizes on request.
Tolerances: observe our installation instructions.
thickness +/- 10%
lenght and width +/- 50 mm
DIN EN ISO 9001.
3.002/ 8.2000
KLINGER Limited
Status: August 2000 http://www.klinger.com.au
KLINGERLASTIC Elastomers
Elastomeric sheet compounds mark the entry level to Klinger's sheet-sealing range of
products. Consisting of base polymers with the insertion of vulcanising agents, fillers,
pigments and various additives, elastomeric gaskets offer effective, low sealing stress
seals typically for low temperature, low pressure applications. Elastomeric gaskets
have relatively soft compression characteristics requiring relatively low loads to effect
a seal, incorporated with excellent recovery properties due to their self-energising
behaviour.
NATURAL RUBBER (NR)
Natural rubber exhibits exceptional elongation, tear strength and recovery properties.
It has poor resistance to ozone, oxygen and sunlight weathering. Natural rubber has
high wear and abrasion resistance. The material is suitable for moderate acids, alkalis,
salt solutions, petroleum and solvents. It is considered unsuitable for use with strong
acids, fats, greases and most hydrocarbons. Temperature range -50 to 120 deg C
NITRILE (NBR)
Nitrile is a synthetic rubber offering improved chemical resistance and temperature

capabilities to neoprene. The material offers good resistance to oils and solvents,
aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons, petroleum oils and gasolines, animal fats and
lacquer solvents. It offers poor resistance to strong oxidising agents, chlorinated
hydrocarbons, ketones and esters. Temperature range -50 to 120 deg C
VITON (FPM)
Viton (Fluorinated Hydrocarbon) offers excellent resistance to acids, aliphatic

hydrocarbons, oils gasoline and many industrial applications. The material offers
excellent resistance to temperature, weathering and gas permeability. It is not suitable
for use against amines, esters, ketones, steam or low temperature service.
Temperature range -30 to 200 deg C
…Sealing with Security Klingerlastic 01/04

ETHYLENE PROPYLENE (EPDM)
EPDM offers good resistance to ozone, heat, steam, strong acids and alkalis. It is
not suitable for use in oils, solvents and aromatic hydrocarbons. Temperature
range -50 to 150 deg C
STYRENE BUTADIENE (SBR)
SBR synthetic rubber offers excellent abrasion resistance and is suitable for use
with weak organic acids and moderate chemicals. It is unsuitable for use with
ozone, strong acids and most carbon hydrocarbons. Temperature range -50 to
120 deg C
NEOPRENE (CR - POLYCHLOROPRENE)
Neoprene has good resistance to aging, ozone and weathering. It also has good
physical properties and resilience. It is resistant to a range of dilute chemicals
and mineral oils. Neoprene is not suitable for use with fuels. Temperature range
-50 to 110 deg C
SILICON (VQM)
The silicon range of rubbers offer excellent high and low temperature properties,
far superior to any other grades. They are also unaffected by sunlight and ozone.
They are unsuitable for use against steam and many hydrocarbons. Temperature
range -70 to 250 deg C
BUTYL (IIR)
Butyl rubber offers excellent resistance to acidic and alkaline environments.

Excellent weathering properties and ozone resistance. Low permeability to gases.
Poor resistance to mineral oils. Temperature range - 40 to 130 deg C
HYPALON (CSM - CHLOROSULPHONATED POLYETHYLENE )
Hypalon is noted for its good resistance to corrosive chemicals, ozone and
weathering. It also exhibits good aging, abrasion and heat resistance properties.
Hypalon also has low gas permeability. Hypalon offers poor resistance to fuels.
Temperature range -50 to 160 deg C
KLINGERLASTIC elastomers are available in a range of thicknesses and sizes.

Some elastomer types are available in a range of colours and with reinforcing
insertion.
Note the above properties and limits are intended as a guide only and may vary
depending on the application conditions. If a specific recommendation is
required, please consult Klinger for advice.
© KLINGER LIMITED.
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves
that products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe
rights belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in anyway from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve
the right to change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you
by the Trade Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.
PTFE Products
KLINGERsealex
KLINGERflon Threadseal Tape
KLINGERflon Spray
KLINGERsealex
The following applications of KLINGERsealex in turbine con- KLINGERsealex adjusts extremely

KLINGERsealex will give you some struction well to all flange sealing conditions
idea of the innovative uses of this Operating conditions: and possess outstanding resistance
product. Further references are 8 bar at 240°C. to paint solvents and cleaning agents.
available on request. A sealing material was required for a
number of flanges in the low-pressure KLINGERsealex as a temporary
area of the turbine house of a nuclear solution in pipeline systems
power station. Operating conditions:
KLINGERsealex succeeded in Aggressive agents at 5 bar and 32°C.
replacing the traditional seals and An extremely aggressive mixture of
reduced the time needed to clean the distilled water, vulcanisation agents,
flange faces giving savings of some carrier agents and pigments is
40-workforce hours every time the conveyed via a pumping station and
joints were replaced. These savings associated piping system.
are in addition to the savings made in KLINGERsealex is also employed
dismantling and assembling the joint here for repairs in emergencies. The
and in the cost of materials, which results are surprising. An emergency
would otherwise have been used. solution becomes a permanent
Quick & easy

fixture.
KLINGERsealex in dryer kilns
Operating conditions: 230°C.
Tunnel kilns for the kiln drying of
coated/lacquered steel and aluminium
metal elements on the air flow feed
and air extraction sides are sealed
with the new ”miracle of the roll”.
KLINGERsealex replaces woven tape
fabric, flocked side panel cladding
and other insulation materials with or
without asbestos.
to assemble –
Clean flanges, cut off a lenght of
KLINGERsealex slightly longer than
the actual circumference of the seal.
Peel off the adhesive protection strip
KLINGERsealex adjacent to a bolt
hole and bolt up the mating surfaces
using the recommended clamping
force and bolt tightening patters.
Sealing on a
roll
and press KLINGERsealex into
position. Cross the free ends of
Sealex Minimum/Maximum clamping Minimum/Maximum clamping

force to effect seal at ambient* force to effect seal at 100°C*
All rights reserved to make technical Width/ mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm
alterations.
Status: January 2000 3 85 – 400 170 – 400 150 – 400 350 – 400
5 125 – 500 250 – 500 215 – 500 400 – 500
Certified according to 7 170 – 750 340 – 750 300 – 750 550 – 750
DIN EN ISO 9001. Be prepared for every eventuality
10 220 – 950 435 – 950 375 – 950 650 – 950 with KLINGERsealex – ”safe sealing
KLINGER GmbH 14 280 – 1000 560 – 1000 490 – 1000 750 – 1000 on a roll”. Under service conditions of
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein –196°C up to +260°C
17 300 – 1200 600 – 1200 525 – 1200 825 – 1200
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein and pressure of
Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0 20 395 – 1450 785 – 1450 685 – 1450 900 – 1450 up to 150 bar
Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341 25 510 – 1600 1000 – 1600 900 – 1600 1200 – 1600 KLINGER-
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de sealex offers secure
* Guideline for clamping force per mm of lenght sealing on a roll.
KLINGERsealex:
The universal sealing solution
What’s so unique about KLINGERsealex can be applied of the product is its ability to Should it be required, you can However, if it is possible to re- Important approval certifications
KLINGERsealex? to any sealing face, giving excellent compensate for non-ideal flange use two strips of tape bonded over one tighten the flange assembly after 24 and tests:
KLINGERsealex is a PTFE product sealing performance even at low bolt conditions, a small amount of another. hours, then you can reduce the ”DVGW – Forschungsstelle Deutscher
manufactured from a unique, loads. residue material on the flange face is When re-assembling the flange, applied bold load by half. Vereine des Gas- und Wasserfaches”
physically networked fibrillated permissible. you can work with the usual assembly Despite its versatility and ease (Research and Development Centre for
material. It is composed of specially The benefits to repair and Next apply the strips of sealant torque – then fit and forget. of handling. KLINGERsealex should German Gas and Water Utilities) –
prepared fluorocarbons with exellent maintenance routines straight from the roll onto the flange There is no need to re-tighten the not be viewed as a temporary solution, new tests in preparation.
resistance to aggressive chemicals as You are prepared for every eventuality surface as shown on the attached bolts with KLINGERsealex. but as a high grade permanent seal ”BAM – Bundesanstalt für Material-
well as offering secure sealing under with KLINGERsealex – the seal an a photographs. Apply the tape either with unique characteristics. prüfung” (German Federal Government
high pressures - even permitting the roll. Maintenance Engineers have overlapping at the ends or cut acutely Agency for Materials’ Testing).
use of the material in applications up already benefited from the versatility and abutted. Tested for oxygen at 60 bar and 125°C.
to 150 bar internal pressure ratings. of KLINGERsealex, since it can be That`s all there is to it! Also suitable for liquid oxygen.
used practically anywhere. TÜV – approved (”TÜV – Technischer
When replacing defective seals, Überwachungsverein” – Geman
first clean the flange as thoroughly as Federal Mechanical Testing Authority):
possible. Since one of the strengths Certification No. 3/4872.
Replacement of conventional ● When the sealing surface or the These are just some of the areas As can be seen, with just a few Width Thickness Roll Flange Should you have queries
gasket materials stability of the flange prevents the in which you can use KLINGERsealex. rolls of KLINGERsealex you have the mm ca. mm length/m DN concerning the suitability of
KLINGERsealex offers particular successful use of a conventional seal. You may have other ideas for its use, same level of security as with con- KLINGERsealex for your application,
advantages in applications that ● When the geometry of the flange either as a replacement for conven- ventional gaskets. With the ability to 3 1.5 30 up to 50 we will gladly assist you with our
prove difficult for conventional seating demands an intricate gasket tional gasketing or as a hidden solve a problem quickly, the small 5 2.0 20 up to 200 experience. You may contact us
materials: shape, which is both difficult to reserve for unforeseen circumstances. stock of tape will very soon pay for through our fax service. Let us have
7 2.5 15 up to 600
assemble and uneconomical to itself. Furthermore, you have the the details of your particular app-
manufacture. secutity knowing that you are 10 3.0 8 up to 1,500 lication requirements and you will
● When the flange material will equipped for all eventualities. 14 5.0 5 from 1,500
receive reliable response and all
only permit the use of low bolt loads necessary information within
to seat the gasket while the media in Nothing is left to chance with 17 6.0 5 from 1,500 24 hours.
the system and the associated interior KLINGERsealex. 20 7.0 5 from 1,500 You can request a questionnaire
pressure demands a high integrity for submitting fax enquiries direct
seal. 25 8.0 5 from 1,500 from our Works.
KLINGERsealex:
The universal sealing solution
What’s so unique about KLINGERsealex can be applied of the products is its ability to If need be, you can use two However, if it is possible to re- Important approval certifications
KLINGERsealex? to any sealing face, giving excellent compensate for non-ideal flange strips of tape bonded over one tighten the flange assembly after 24 and tests:
KLINGERsealex is a PTFE product sealing performance even at low bolt conditions, a small amounts of another. hours, then you can reduce the ”DVGW – Forschungsstelle Deutscher
manufactured from a unique, loads. residue material on the flange face is When re-assembling the flange, applied bolt load by half. Vereine des Gas- und Wasserfaches”
physically networked fibrillated permissible. you can work with the usual assembly Despite its versatility and ease (Research and Development Centre for
material. It is composed of specially The benefits to repair and Next apply the strips of sealent torque – then fit and forget. of handling. KLINGERsealex should German Gas and Water Utilities) –
prepared fluorocarbons with exellent maintenance routines straight from the roll onto the flange There is no need to re-tighten the not be viewed as a temporary solution, new tests in preparation.
resistance to aggressive chemicals as You are prepared for every eventuality surface, as shown in both the bolts with KLINGERsealex. but as a high grade permanent seal ”BAM – Bundesanstalt für Material-
well as offering secure sealing under with KLINGERsealex – the seal an a photographs. Apply the tape either with unique characteristics. prüfung” (German Federal Government
high pressures, even permitting the roll. Maintenance Engineers have overlapping at the ends or cut acutely Agency for Materials’ Testing).
use of the material in applications up already benefited from the versatility and abutted – as shown in the Tested for oxygen at 60 bar and 125°C.
to 150 bar internal pressure ratings. of KLINGERsealex, since it can be photograph on the right. That`s all Also suitable for liquid oxygen.
used practically anywhere. there is to it! TÜV – approved (”TÜV – Technischer
When replacing defective seals, Überwachungsverein” – Geman
first clean flange as thoroughly as Federal Mechanical Testing Authority):
possible. Since one of the strengths Certification No. 3/4872.
Replacement of conventional ● When the sealing surface or the These are just some of the areas As you can see, with just a few Width Thickness Roll Flange Should you have queries
gasket materials stability of the flange prevents the in which you can use KLINGERsealex. rolls of KLINGERsealex you have the mm ca. mm length/m DN concerning the suitability of
KLINGERsealex offers particular successful use of a conventional seal. You may have other ideas for its use, same level of security as with KLINGERsealex for your application,
advantages in applications which ● When the geometry of the flange either as a replacement for conven- conventional gaskets. 3 1.5 30 up to 50 we will gladly assist you with our
prove difficult for conventional seating demands an intricate gasket tional gasketing or as a hidden 5 2.0 20 up to 200 experience. You may contact us
materials: shape, which is both difficult to reserve for unforeseen circumstances. through our representatives. Let them
7 2.5 15 up to 600
assemble and uneconomic to Please call us for a sample and Furthermore, you have the have the details of your particular
manufacture. associated technical information on secutity knowing that you are 10 3.0 8 up to 1,500 application requirements.
● When the flange material with the product. equipped for all eventualities. 14 5.0 5 from 1,500
only permit the use of low bolt loads
to seat the gasket but the media in Nothing is left to chance with 17 6.0 5 from 1,500
the system and the associated interior KLINGERsealex. 20 7.0 5 from 1,500
pressure demands a high integrity
seal. 25 8.0 5 from 1,500
KLINGERsealex
The following applications of KLINGERsealex in turbine con- KLINGERsealex adjusts extremely

KLINGERsealex will give you some struction well to all flange sealing conditions
idea of the innovative uses of this Operating conditions: and possess outstanding resistance
product. Further references are 8 bar at 240°C. to paint solvents and cleaning agents.
available on request. A sealing material was required for a
number of flanges in the low-pressure KLINGERsealex as a temporary
area of the turbine house of a nuclear solution in pipeline systems
power station. Operating conditions:
KLINGERsealex succeeded in Aggressive agents at 5 bar and 32°C.
replacing the traditional seals and An extremely aggressive mixture of
reduced the time needed to clean the distilled water, vulcanisation agents,
flange faces giving savings of some carrier agents and pigments is
40-workforce hours every time the conveyed via a pumping station and
joints were replaced. These savings associated piping system.
are in addition to the savings made in KLINGERsealex is also employed
dismantling and assembling the joint here for repairs in emergencies. The
and in the cost of materials, which results are surprising. An emergency
would otherwise have been used. solution becomes a permanent
Quick, easy
fixture.
KLINGERsealex in dryer kilns
Operating conditions: 230°C.
Tunnel kilns for the kiln drying of
coated/lacquered steel and aluminium
metal elements on the air flow feed
and air extraction sides are sealed
with the new ”miracle of the roll”.
KLINGERsealex replaces woven tape
fabric, flocked side panel cladding
and other insulation materials with or
without asbestos.
to assemble –
Clean flanges, cut off a lenght of
KLINGERsealex slightly longer than
the actual circumference of the seal.
Peel off the adhesive protection strip
KLINGERsealex adjacent to a bolt
hole and bolt up the mating surfaces
using the recommended clamping
force and bolt tightening patters.
sealing on a
roll
and press KLINGERsealex into
position. Cross the free ends of
Sealex Minimum/Maximum clamping Minimum/Maximum clamping

force to effect seal at ambient* force to effect seal at 100°C*
All rights reserved to make technical Width/ mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm
alterations.
Status: January 2000 3 85 – 400 170 – 400 150 – 400 350 – 400
5 125 – 500 250 – 500 215 – 500 400 – 500
Certified according to 7 170 – 750 340 – 750 300 – 750 550 – 750
DIN EN ISO 9001. You are prepared for every eventuality
10 220 – 950 435 – 950 375 – 950 650 – 950 with KLINGERsealex – ”safe sealing
KLINGER Ltd 14 280 – 1000 560 – 1000 490 – 1000 750 – 1000 on a roll”. Under service conditions of
–196°C up to +260°C
17 300 – 1200 600 – 1200 525 – 1200 825 – 1200
and pressure of
20 395 – 1450 785 – 1450 685 – 1450 900 – 1450 up to 150 bar
25 510 – 1600 1000 – 1600 900 – 1600 1200 – 1600 KLINGER-
sealex offers secu-
* Guideline for clamping force per mm of lenght re sealing on a roll.
http://www.klinger.com.au
KLINGERflon
Threadseal Tape
Product description
KLINGERflon Threadseal Tape serves
to seal screw joint unions of all kinds
and is manufactured of unsintered and
degreased PTFE KLINGERflon.
Delivery form:
Supplied on handy plastic
reels in 12 m lengths with a
width of 12 mm (approx).
Gauge of tape:
0.10 mm = Type S
with DVGW-approval
Gauge of tape:
0.08 mm = Type N
without DVGW-approval
Temperature resistance
From –196°C to +250°C
Order example:
100 reels of KLINGERflon
Threadseal Tape.
Application The tape will not swell nor

KLINGERflon Sealant Tape has been become sticky. It is resistant
proven to provide durable service for chemically to all chemical agents
the reliable, clean and timesaving (but not against fluorine and melted
sealing of fittings and appliances alkaline metals).
against the leakage of fluids, vapours
and gases for many years. Application is simple and easy.
The tape is wrapped around a screw
The slackening of all treated or bolt thread with slight tension and
screwed joints is easily possible after little overlapping. The counterpart is
many years of service. then applied and tightened as usual.
One or more layers may de required
dependent on the thread pitch.
DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER Limited
3.002/ 8.2000

Status: November 1998 http://www.klinger.com.au
KLINGERflon
Spray
Separating-, anti-seizing- and lubricating agent
Product description problems will be experienced during
KLINGERflon Spray is a separating-, subsequent printing operations,
anti-seizing- and lubricating agent on metalizing routines, adhesive- or
a TFE base (tetra-fluor-ethulentelimer) varnish work with the moulded
– it is dispergent in CHC- and HCFC- sections. The coatings can be applied
exempt solvents – and thinned with a to, and are compatible with practically
special benzene dilutant. all plastic materials currently available
The handy KLINGERflon aerosol on the market today.
ensures a clean and rapid application The KF Spray is a valuable
of the agent. accessory in all branches of industry,
Following application and in workshops and in domestic areas,
evaporation of the solvent, there where grease-free, dry and non-
remains a thin white TFE coating contaminating lubrication is
bound by a bonding agent, with the required.
typical characteristics of fluorine In order to obtain the best ad-
plastics – such as: hesive properties of the TFE coating,
the surface of the work piece to be
■ a separating and anti-adhesive coated should be completely dry and
effect free of any contamination and
■ temperature resistant up to repellent substances (e.g. grease, oil
+ 265°C and the link ).
■ practically chemically inert, Application The coating should be applied
resistant to acids, alkalis and KF spray is a well proven CHC- and only in thin layerings. Larger gauged
solvents HCFC- and silicon-exempt coatings need to be applied and built
■ physiologically compatible separating agent for plastics, up in several separate layers with
■ self-lubricating effect at low-rate elastomers (rubber) and intermittent service live to permit the
friction coefficients adhesives. curing of the individual coatings.
The KF Spray contains CHC- and
Form of supply The layer of TFE prevents parts HCFC-reduced solvents, e.g. a
TFE emulsion is supplied in thinned baking the mould and assists in special form of benzene. Care should
form ready for use as: enhancing the de-moulding rate in however be taken to ensure, that
KLINGERflon aerosols extrusion-, laminating- and com- statutory ordinances and regulations
of 379 gm content, in cartons of 12 pression cycles by means of rapid for the handling of flammable
and easy de-moulding routines. solvents be followed.
Order example: Subsequent processing problems and The coating, when applied not be
120 aerosols of KF Spray working faults, such as orange-peel exposed to naked flames or glowing
of 379 gm content effects or the formation of bubbles, embers in the vicinity in order to
will be reduced. prevent ignition and the generating of
any decomposition products.
Good ventilated conditions are to be
ensured on site. All safety regulations
concerning the handling of aerosols
as well as the notices imprinted on
Coatings with KLINGERflon Spray the spray can are to be taken into
are completely free of grease, leave consideration.
behind no soiling and are non-
transference contaminating, i.e. no
3.002/ 10.2000
Subject to technical alterations. Certified according to

Status: October 2000 DIN EN ISO 9001. http://www.klinger.com.au
Technical
specifications
at a glance
The slitting substrate supplied is of Dimensions and weights
3 mm gauge and has a diameter of
Equipment without drive with drive
400 mm. Diameters available are
Length max. 1,100 mm 1,200 mm
400 mm, 700 mm and 1270 mm.
Height max. 250 mm 250 mm
New: Width max. 170 mm 170 mm
Circular slitters Weight 6.5 kg 9.3 kg
of specially hardened steel Drive facility
Voltage 220/240V 50 cycles
Power rating 50 W, 0.23 A
Drive shaft revolutions 53 rpm
MCB protection IP 54
Overloading MCB, automatic thermal triggering
Slitting speed, dependent on workpiece and gauge 5.5 – 6.5 m/min
Working application
Min. circular feature diameter, dependent on gauge approx. 80 mm
Max. circular feature diameter 1,250 mm
Circular feature width, dependent on type of workpiece up to 1 mm
Circular feature width max. 160 mm
Slitting depth, dependent on type of workpiece up to 9 mm
All rights reserved for alterations to

technical specifications.
Status: September 2000. Ring Cutting
Saw Equipment
2. Documentation of the product 6. Test it yourself
A proper data sheet for every gasket We deliver original gasket material for
material. As a special help for your a test under your service conditions.
decision you find the „pT“ diagram.
The safe way to the right gasket It demonstrates different behaviours 7. On-the-spot advice:
for your further choice. With very difficult tasks we will advise
you on the spot. We offer you adapted
For your choice of the right gas- 3. Resistance to media: designs on the basis of our standard
ket we offer you a proved communica- Here you find statements on the re- grades and special designs suited to
tion concept which leads you step by sistance of every KLINGER gasket to your needs.
step to the right decision. more than 200 recognised chemicals.
1. The matrix 4. Technical fax service

A comparison of the prevailing Name the data for your gasket condi- With a Klinger circular slitting saw
sealing characteristics with criteria for tions and you’ll get a reliable answer Certified according to you are equipped for any emergency.
typical fields of application gives you from Klinger, often within 24 hours. DIN EN ISO 9001. You can manufacture rings, collars,
a first general survey. hoops and bands from 80 mm to
5. Choose your gasket on KLINGER GmbH 1250 mm diameter in all gauges –
your PC P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein at the turn of a hand.
The efficient selection program Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein And if required, the
KLINGERexpert ® for the experienced Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0 equipment
expert. Answers all questions on Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341 can be
design, planning and maintenance. e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de supplied with
A software with on-line help. http://www.klinger-gmbh.de motorised drives.
Cut Rings – manufactured in house –
in one quick cut,
with or without a motorised drive
Making the equipment Slitting routines A few tips from practice Replacement slitters and
operational You may now commence the circular When slitting circular features in servicing
First adjust the centring bolt 1 slitting operations. A centring boring excess of 750 mm exterior diameter, The circular slitter is disposable.
to the size of the required circular has already been tapped into the the edges of the plate cut should be You can grind it back into condition
slitter. For this purpose, employ the small plate with the punch supplied. removed, so that the workpiece can or merely dispose and replace it.
incorporated tape line, by attaching By turning the large hand wheel be turned without hinderance. The slitter supplied is found on the
it to the centring bolt. The set radius 3 , the circular slitter 4 can then In cases of circular features over small hand wheel and is attached by
can be read off the slitter position. be moved together with the small 3 mm gauge, we advise you to turn a central screw. The slitter drive
Insert the slitter substrate on plate. The depth the slitter can be the workpiece after slitting through shaft should preferably be greased
the centring bolt and set the slitting engaged, stage by stage, by the half of the thickness and recommen- at regular intervals. There are two
depth on the small hand wheel 2 small hand wheel per turn of the ce and complete the work from the nipples available for greasing
so that the slitter just cuts into the workpiece, depends on the gauge opposite side. routines.
substrate but does not touch the and the hardness of the plate
counter roller in the rail. This setting presented. The ideal gauge is
should then to be secured with the between 0.5 and 2.0 mm.
counter nut. With experience the operator will
Thereafter, turn the slitter height increasingly obtain a feeling for the
back to the initial position. correct engagement.
1 4 2 3
Simple and rapid installation of The electric drive motor is then red up to the work slowly, otherwise
the electric drive facility to be attached by means of sliding the electric drive motor can stall.
The following service routines apply the internally toothed plastic cou-
both to initial installation of the pling onto the toothed pinion, so that Ensure that the transparent
circular slitter with the electric drive the holder arm grips around the shaft protective cap covers the circular
facility or when re-equipping the drive of the circular slitter saw from slitter under motorised work
motor. below. conditions. Otherwise their is a
First, remove the crank on the After closing and securing the hazard of bodily injury, e.g. when
large hand wheel. This enables the clamp, a firm fixture is obtained bet- slipping off the small hand wheel.
subsequent installation procedure for ween the equipment and the electric
the connection of the motor drive drive motor and the installation is
facility. complete. The lower illustration
Thereafter, the toothed pinion shows the operational status of the
supplied should be fixed to the free equipment.
shaft end of the large hand wheel*. When conducting motorised slit- * The circular slitter shaft in the
The stud screw should be screwed ting operations, care should be taken older models of the equipment will
into the boring on the shaft. to ensure that the equipment is offe- have to be replaced.
Our ”tiny one” for rapid servicing

work on customer workshops
The ”tiny one” is ideal for mobile
workshops. It is easy to transport,
quick to install and simple to handle
and comes equipped with slitting
work face, centering bolt, slitter and
slitter callipers. The equipment can
be employed to process all work
from 300 mm outside diameters to
25 mm inner diameters.
Cut Rings – manufactured in house –
in one quick cut,
with or without a motorised drive
Making the equipment Slitting routines A few tips from practice Replacement slitters and
operational You can now commence the circular When slitting circular features in servicing
First adjust the centring bolt 1 slitting operations. A centring boring excess of 750 mm exterior diameter, The circular slitter is disposable.
to the size of the required circular has already been tapped into the the edges of the plate cut should be You can grind it back into condition
slitter. For this purpose, employ the small plate with the punch supplied. removed, so that the workpiece can or merely dispose and replace it.
incorporated tape line, by attaching By turning the large hand wheel be turned without hinderance. The slitter supplied is found on the
it to the centring bolt. The set radius 3 , the circular slitter 4 can then In cases of circular features over small hand wheel and is attached by
can be read off the slitter position. be moved together with the small 3 mm gauge, it is advisable to turn a central screw. The slitter drive
Insert the slitter substrate on plate. The depth the slitter can be the workpiece after slitting through shaft should preferably be greased
the centring bolt and set the slitting engaged stage by stage by means of half of the thickness and recommen- at regular intervals. There are two
depth on the small hand wheel 2 the small hand wheel per turn of the ce and complete the work from the nipples available for greasing
so that the slitter just cuts into the workpiece depends on the gauge and opposite side. routines.
substrate but does not touch the the hardness of the plate presented.
counter roller in the rail. This setting The ideal gauge is between 0.5 and
should then to be secured with the 2.0 mm.
counter nut. With experience the operator will
Thereafter, turn the slitter height increasingly obtain a feeling for the
back to the initial position. correct engagement.
1 4 2 3
Simple and rapid installation of The electric drive motor is then red up to the work slowly, otherwise
the electric drive facility to be attached by means of sliding the electric drive motor can stall.
The following service routines apply the internally toothed plastic cou-
both to initial installation of the pling onto the toothed pinion, so that Ensure that the transparent
circular slitter with the electric drive the holder arm grips around the shaft protective cap covers the circular
facility or when re-equipping the drive of the circular slitter saw from slitter under motorised work
motor. below. conditions. Otherwise their is a
First, remove the crank on the After closing and securing the hazard of bodily injury, e.g. when
large hand wheel. This enables the clamp, a firm fixture is obtained bet- slipping off the small hand wheel.
subsequent installation procedure for ween the equipment and the electric
the connection of the motor drive drive motor and the installation is
facility. complete. The lower illustration
Thereafter, the toothed pinion shows the operational status of the
supplied should be fixed to the free equipment.
shaft end of the large hand wheel*. When conducting motorised slit- * The circular slitter shaft in
The stud screw should be screwed ting operations, care should be taken older models of the equipment
into the boring on the shaft. to ensure that the equipment is offe- will have to be replaced.
Our ”tiny one” for rapid servicing

work on customer workshops
The ”tiny one” is ideal for mobile
workshops. It is easy to transport,
quick to install and simple to handle
and comes equipped with slitting
work face, centering bolt, slitter and
slitter callipers. The equipment can
be employed to process all work
from 300 mm outside diameters to
25 mm inner diameters.
Technical
specifications
at a glance
The slitting substrate supplied is of Dimensions and weights
3 mm gauge and has a diameter of
Equipment without drive with drive
400 mm. Diameters available are
Length max. 1,100 mm 1,200 mm
400 mm, 700 mm and 1270 mm.
Height max. 250 mm 250 mm
New: Width max. 170 mm 170 mm
Circular slitters Weight 6.5 kg 9.3 kg
of specially hardened steel Drive facility
Voltage 220/240V 50 cycles
Power rating 50 W, 0.23 A
Drive shaft revolutions 53 rpm
MCB protection IP 54
Overloading MCB, automatic thermal triggering
Slitting speed, dependent on workpiece and gauge 5.5 – 6.5 m/min
Working application
Min. circular feature diameter, dependent on gauge approx. 80 mm
The
Max. circular feature diameter 1,250 mm
Circular feature width, dependent on type of workpiece up to 1 mm
Circular feature width max. 160 mm
Slitting depth, dependent on type of workpiece up to 9 mm
All rights reserved for alterations to

technical specifications.
Status: September 2000. Circular Slitting
Saw Equipment
The safe way to the right gasket
2. Documentation of the product
A proper data sheet for every gasket
material. As a special help for your
decision you find the „pT“ diagram.
6. Test it yourself
We deliver original gasket material for
a test under your service conditions. from
Klinger
It demonstrates different behaviours 7. On-the-spot advice:
for your further choice. With very difficult tasks we will advise
you on the spot. We offer you adapted
For your choice of the right gas- 3. Resistance to media: designs on the basis of our standard
ket we offer you a proved communica- Here you find statements on the re- grades and special designs suited to
tion concept which leads you step by sistance of every KLINGER gasket to your needs.
step to the right decision. more than 200 recognised chemicals.
1. The matrix 4. Technical fax service

A comparison of the prevailing Name the data for your gasket condi- With a Klinger circular slitting saw
sealing characteristics with criteria for tions and you’ll get a reliable answer Certified according to you are equipped for any emergency.
typical fields of application gives you from Klinger, often within 24 hours. DIN EN ISO 9001. You can manufacture rings, collars,
a first general survey. hoops and bands from 80 mm to
5. Choose your gasket on KLINGER Limited 1250 mm diameter in all gauges –
your PC at the turn of a hand.
The efficient selection program And if required, the
KLINGERexpert ® for the experienced equipment
expert. Answers all questions on can be
design, planning and maintenance. supplied with
A software with on-line help. http://www.klinger.com.au motorised drives.
3
Metal Gaskets
KLINGER spiral-wound gaskets

KLINGERmaxiflex BS 4504/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ inch/mm
KLINGERmaxiflex API 605/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex MSS SP 44/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 10/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 3381/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 3381/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex NF-M-87621/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex JIS flanges/ mm
T108, T109, RTJ and PSM with inner eyelet

KLINGERmaxiflex
mounting instructions
The principle Mounting

The KLINGERmaxiflex function is The bolts should be free of damage
based on the metal winding/ filler re- and lubricated with high-temperature
lationship and the flange surfaces. resistant greases before mounting.
The surface roughness should be Insert the gasket and fasten bolts
approx. Ra 3.2 µm. KLINGERmaxiflex finger-tight.
gaskets can be used in flanges with Next, tighten the bolts crosswise
larger surface roughnesses, but in this (see sketch) in at least 3 to 4 passes.
case the bolt loads should be increa- The more passes you perform, the
sed so as to ensure proper function of more uniform the force which is intro-
the gasket. duced into the flange-gasket system.
When the KLINGERmaxiflex gas- In the last pass, the bolts must be
ket is compressed during mounting, tightened only clockwise.
the homogeneous filler „flows“ into
the irregularities of the flange. The
metal windings enclose the filler and, 1
at the same time, ensure the strength 7 5
and elasticity of the gasket.
KLINGER
If the gasket is equipped with an
PTFE filler it must have an inner ring 4 3
since the PTFE permits no further
compression, as is the case with other
fillers. On the one hand, it prevents 6 8
the gasket from springing open and 2
on the other, penetration of the flo-
wing PTFE in the pipeline. The larger
the surface roughnesses in the flange
surface, the larger the surface load
required to permit a flow of the PTFE
Spiral Wound
in the irregularities.
Mounting
Flange surface condition:
1. metallically clean
Gaskets
2. plane-parallel
3. dry
4. fat free
Do not use separating agents
or sealing aids!
All information is provided in

accordance with the current state of
knowledge. As we cannot influence the
specific application conditions, we Summary of the eight versions
would ask you to consider this as a of KLINGER SWGs,
non-binding recommendation. the design
We can assume no liability for any principle,
resulting damage. materials
We reserve the right to technical and mounting
modifications. instructions.
KLINGER KLINGERmaxiflex
Spiral-Wound Gaskets spiral-wound gaskets
Type R Type CR Type RIR Type CRIR Type CRIR/ Type CRIR/
PTFE inner ring KLINGERgraphite inner ring
Wide choice of materials for metal Solid metal outer ring used as a Solid metal inner ring. Solid metal outer and inner rings. Solid metal outer ring, PTFE inner Solid metal inner ring with KLINGER-
strip and filler. centerring device and compression Use with high pressures and For use at high pressures and ring. graphite facing.
Suitable for high pressures and stop. temperatures. temperatures. Suitable for raised face or flat face For use at high pressures and
temperatures. Used on raised face and flat face Male to female flanges. Suitable for raised face or flat face flanges. temperatures.
Recommended for flanges with flanges. flanges. PTFE inner ring acts as an additional Suitable for raised face or flat face
tongue and groove. Prevents turbulences and protects gasket and protects the inner windings flanges.
the flanges from erosion. of the gasket element from the fluid. Suitable for corrosive media.
Protects the inner windings of the Graphite inner ring acts as an
gasket element from high additional gasket.
temperatures.
Standard Metal strip materials Gasket thicknesses Standard materials outer ring Standard materials inner ring Fillers and temperature limits
1.4301 304 Nominal Compressed Guide ring Carbon steel, Stainless steel Ceramics approx. 800°C
1.4401 316 thickness thickness thickness colour-powder coated acc. to the standard metal strip KLINGERgraphite* approx. 600°C
1.4404 316 L 3.2 mm 2.3 - 2.5 mm 2 - 2.2 mm Stainless steel materials PTFE approx. 260°C
1.4541 321 4.5 mm 3.2 - 3.4 mm 3 - 3.3 mm acc. to the standard metal strip Nonas approx. 460°C
1.4571 316 Ti 7.2 mm 5.0 - 5.5 mm 5 - 5.5 mm materials *pure graphite standard 98% purity
Special version: or 99.85% nuclear grade
Monel 400 ®, InConel 600 ®, InConel 625 ®, InConel X750 ®,
Nickel 200 ®, Titanium, Incoloy 800 ®, Incoloy 825 ®
Other materials on request
The design principle of the To improve the mechanical This gives the gasket recovery
KLINGER Spiral-Wound strength and other sealing character- forces which provide for a reliable
Gaskets istics, some layers at the beginning surface load even at fluctuating oper-
The basic element of every gasket is and at the end are wound without soft ating conditions.
the wound core. The V-shaped metal material and spot-welded over the In the present 8 versions, the
strip is spirally wound with the soft- total circumference. basic element is added by inner
material filler. The constant tensile force during and/or outer rings as needed.
the complete winding process permits
a defined, constant thickness of the
structure.
KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER
spiral-wound gaskets Spiral-Wound Gaskets
Type R Type CR Type RIR Type CRIR Type CRIR/ Type CRIR/
PTFE inner ring KLINGERgraphite inner ring
Wide choice of materials for metal Solid metal outer ring used as a Solid metal inner ring. Solid metal outer and inner rings. Solid metal outer ring, PTFE inner Solid metal inner ring with KLINGER-
strip and filler. centerring device and compression Use with high pressures and For use at high pressures and ring. graphite facing.
Suitable for high pressures and stop. temperatures. temperatures. Suitable for raised face or flat face For use at high pressures and
temperatures. Used on raised face and flat face Male to female flanges. Suitable for raised face or flat face flanges. temperatures.
Recommended for flanges with flanges. flanges. PTFE inner ring acts as an additional Suitable for raised face or flat face
tongue and groove. Prevents turbulences and protects gasket and protects the inner windings flanges.
the flanges from erosion. of the gasket element from the fluid. Suitable for corrosive media.
Protects the inner windings of the Graphite inner ring acts as an
gasket element from high additional gasket.
temperatures.
Standard Metal strip materials Gasket thicknesses Standard materials outer ring Standard materials inner ring Fillers and temperature limits
1.4301 304 Nom. Recommended Carbon steel, Stainless steel Ceramics approx. 800°C
1.4401 316 gasket thickness thickness in loaded condition colour-powder coated acc. to the standard metal strip KLINGERgraphite* approx. 500°C
1.4404 316 L 3.2 mm 2.3 – 2.5 mm Stainless steel materials PTFE approx. 260°C
1.4541 321 4.5 mm 3.2 – 3.4 mm acc. to the standard metal strip Mica approx. 900°C
1.4571 316 Ti 7.2 mm 4.8 – 5.0 mm materials *pure graphite standard 98% purity
Special version: or 99.85% nuclear grade
Monel 400 ®, InConel 600 ®, InConel 625 ®, InConel X750 ®,
Nickel 200 ®, Titanium, Incoloy 800 ®, Incoloy 825 ®
Other materials on request
The design principle of the To improve the mechanical This gives the gasket recovery
KLINGERmaxiflex spiral-wound strength and other sealing character- forces which provide for a reliable
gaskets istics, some layers at the beginning surface load even at fluctuating oper-
The basic element of every gasket is and at the end are wound without soft ating conditions.
the wound core. The V-shaped metal material and spot-welded over the In the present 8 versions, the
strip is spirally wound with the soft- total circumference. basic element is added by inner
material filler. The constant tensile force during and/or outer rings as needed.
the complete winding process permits
a defined, constant thickness of the
structure.
KLINGER KLINGERmaxiflex
Spiral-Wound Gaskets types CR, CRIR
Suitable for flanges in accordance with DIN and BS 4504,
measures in mm
Type RHD Type R with Type HTX for DN d1 d2 d3 d4
KLINGERgraphite facing heat
10–320 10–320 PN 10–40 PN 64–320 10 16 25 40 64 100 160 250
exchan-
gers 10 18 24 36 36 46 46 46 46 56 56 56 67
15 22 28 40 40 51 51 51 51 61 61 61 72
20 27 33 47 47 61 61 61 61 74 74 74 79
25 34 40 54 54 71 71 71 71 82 82 82 82
32 43 49 65 65 82 82 82 82 90 90 90 100
40 48 54 70 70 92 92 92 92 102 102 102 108
50 57 66 84 84 107 107 107 107 112 118 118 123
65 73 82 102 104 127 127 127 127 137 143 143 153
80 86 95 115 119 142 142 142 142 147 153 153 170
100 108 120 140 144 162 162 167 167 173 180 180 202
125 134 146 168 172 192 192 193 193 210 217 217 242
Spiral wound sealing element. KLINGERgraphite facing 0.5 mm. Combined inner and outer rings. 150 162 174 196 200 217 217 223 223 247 257 257 284
Wound high density. For use in manhole gaskets. The inner ring could have pass bars 175 183 195 221 227 247 247 253 265 277 287 284 316
Wide choice of materials for metal Suitable for use with low bolt loads or could carry either a metal clad or
200 213 225 251 257 272 272 283 290 309 324 324 358
strip and filler material. and uneven gasket surfaces. soft gasket with pass bars.
For use in high-pressure pumps, Double sealing effect. 250 267 286 307 315 327 328 340 352 364 391 388 442
high-pressure valves and gas 300 318 337 358 366 377 383 400 417 424 458 458 538
applications. 350 363 382 405 413 437 443 457 474 486 512 – –
Low emission tested. 400 414 433 458 466 488 495 514 546 543 572 – –
500 518 537 566 574 593 617 624 628 657 704 – –
600 618 637 666 674 695 734 731 747 764 813 – –
700 718 737 770 778 810 804 833 852 879 – – –
800 818 837 874 882 917 911 942 974 988 – – –
Recommended
sealing strip roughness Ra micrometer 900 910 930 974 982 1,017 1,011 1,042 1,084 1,108 – – –
These gaskets are capable of giving However, as a general guide we general 3.2 – 5.1 1,000 1,010 1,030 1,078 1,086 1,124 1,128 1,154 1,194 1,220 – – –
an excellent seal over a wide range of recommend the following: critical 3.2 1,200 1,210 1,230 1,280 1,290 1,341 1,342 1,364 1,398 1,452 – – –
flange surface finishes. vacuum 2.0 1,400 1,420 1,450 1,510 – 1,548 1,542 1,578 1,618 – – – –
1,600 1,630 1,660 1,720 – 1,772 1,764 1,798 1,830 – – – –
(Larger flange surface finishes require 1,800 1,830 1,860 1,920 – 1,972 1,964 2,000 – – – – –
higher bolt loads) 2,000 2,020 2,050 2,120 – 2,182 2,168 2,230 – – – – –
2,200 2,230 2,260 2,330 – 2,384 2,378 – – – – – –
2,400 2,430 2,460 2,530 – 2,594 – – – – – – –
2,600 2,630 2,660 2,730 – 2,794 – – – – – – –
2,800 2,830 2,860 2,930 – 3,014 – – – – – – –
3,000 3,030 3,060 3,130 – 3,228 – – – – – – –
CR CRIR
d2 d1
Subject to technical alterations. d3 d2
d4 d3
Status: April 1999 d4
Mounting Instructions
The principle Mounting

The spiral wound function is The bolts should be free of damage
based on the metal winding/ filler re- and lubricated with high-temperature
lationship and the flange surfaces. resistant greases before mounting.
The surface roughness should be Insert the gasket and fasten bolts
approx. Ra 3.2 µm. These gaskets finger-tight.
can be used in flanges with larger Next, tighten the bolts crosswise
surface roughnesses, but in this (see sketch) in at least 3 to 4 passes.
case the bolt loads should be The more passes you perform, the
increased so as to ensure proper more uniform the force which is intro-
function of the gasket. duced into the flange-gasket system.
When the gasket is In the last pass, the bolts must be
compressed during mounting, tightened only clockwise.
the homogeneous filler „flows“ into
the irregularities of the flange. The
metal windings enclose the filler and, 1
at the same time, ensure the strength 7 5
and elasticity of the gasket.
KLINGER-
If the gasket is equipped with a
PTFE filler it must have an inner ring 4 3
since the PTFE permits no further
compression, as is the case with other
fillers. On the one hand, it prevents 6 8
the gasket from springing open and 2
on the other, penetration of the flo-
wing PTFE in the pipeline. The larger
the surface roughnesses in the flange
surface, the larger the surface load
required to permit a flow of the PTFE
maxiflex
spiral-wound
in the irregularities.
Mounting
Flange surface condition:
1. metallically clean
gaskets
2. plane-parallel
3. dry
4. fat free
Do not use separating agents
or sealing aids!
All information is provided in

accordance with the current state of
knowledge. As we cannot influence the
specific application conditions, we Summary of the eight versions
would ask you to consider this as a of KLINGERmaxiflex,
non-binding recommendation. the design
We can assume no liability for any principle,
resulting damage. materials
KLINGER reserve the right to and mount-
technical modifications. ing instructions.
KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR
Suitable for flanges in accordance with DIN and BS 4504,
measures in mm
DN d1 d2 d3 d4
10 – 10 – PN 10 – PN 64 – 10 16 25 40 64 100 160 250
320 320 40 320
Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: April 1999
DIN EN ISO 9001.
d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4
KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20, Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20,
flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in inch flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in mm
d3 d2 d4 d3 d2 d4
Nominal width
Nominal width
øA of øI øA øA of øI øA
sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring
Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500
300 1,500 300 1,500
400 2,500 400 2,500
600 600
Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: October 2000 Status: October 2000
Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4
Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20, Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20,
flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in inch flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in mm
d3 d2 d4 d3 d2 d4
Nominal width
Nominal width
øA of øI øA øA of øI øA
sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring
Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500
300 1,500 300 1,500
400 2,500 400 2,500
600 600

Status: October 2000 Status: October 2000

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
types CR/CRIR Inner ring dimension
Flanges in accordance with BS10, measures in inch Gaskets according ASME B 16.20, flanges according ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch/mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1
Inner Sealing Centering Sealing Centering Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Pressure stage [lbs]
Nominal
width
ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring ring
150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A
313/128 78.7
3109/128 97.8
4115/128 124.5
551/64 147.3
73/4 196.9
911/16 246.1
Subject to technical alterations. CRIR

Status: October 2000

d1
d2
d3
d4


KLINGER GmbH
d2
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0 d1
4.757 Maxiflex 95
d3 d2
d4 d3
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341 d4
Large flanges in accordance with API 605, measures in inch Large flanges in accordance with MSS SP 44, measures in inch
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 600 900 150 300 600 900
Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen-
ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering
ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring
øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA

Status: 1995 Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR
Status: 1995

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3 d2 d1
d4 d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
Large flanges in accordance with API 605, measures in inch Large flanges in accordance with MSS SP 44, measures in inch
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 600 900 150 300 600 900
Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen-
ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering
ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring
øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA

Status: 1995 Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR
Status: 1995

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3 d2 d1
d4 d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
types CR/CRIR Inner ring dimension
Flanges in accordance with BS10, measures in inch Gaskets according ASME B 16.20, flanges according ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch/mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1
Inner Sealing Centering Sealing Centering Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Pressure stage [lbs]
Nominal
width
ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring ring
150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A
313/128 78.7
3109/128 97.8
4115/128 124.5
551/64 147.3
73/4 196.9
911/16 246.1
Subject to technical alterations. CRIR


d1
d2
d3
d4


KLINGER GmbH
d2 d1
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4 Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5, Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch measures in mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500 150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente- Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente-
ring element ring element element ring ring element ring element element ring
ring ring ring ring
[inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A [inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Status: 1995 Status: 1995

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5, Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch measures in mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500 150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente- Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente-
ring element ring element element ring ring element ring element element ring
ring ring ring ring
[inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A [inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Status: 1995 Status: 1995

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
In accordance with the french standard NF–M–87621, Fitting to JIS flanges.
measures in mm Nominal pressure 10 k and 16 to 20 k, measures in mm
Nominal width d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2
d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width Pressure stage [lbs] d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
width
width
Nominal
Nominal
150 300 600 900 1500 2500 Nominal pressure 10 k Nominal pressure 16 k to 20 k
Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente-
Inner- Sealing Centering Inner- Sealing Centering
element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring element ring ring element ring
ring ring ring ring ring ring
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/I o/A o/A
[mm] [inch] o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Status: 1995

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4
d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
Certified according to Certified according to d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
In accordance with the french standard NF–M–87621, Fitting to JIS flanges.
measures in mm Nominal pressure 10 k and 16 to 20 k, measures in mm
Nominal width d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2
d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width Pressure stage [lbs] d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
width
width
Nominal
Nominal
150 300 600 900 1500 2500 Nominal pressure 10 k Nominal pressure 16 k to 20 k
Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente-
Inner- Sealing Centering Inner- Sealing Centering
element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring element ring ring element ring
ring ring ring ring ring ring
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/I o/A o/A
[mm] [inch] o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Status: 1995

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4
d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
Certified according to Certified according to d4

KLINGER GmbH
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0
4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
METAL CORE LAMINATE TYPE 108
KLINGERtype 108 gaskets have become widely
accepted as an excellent seal for high pressure
and temperature applications where a soft,
compliant facing is required to fill surface
imperfections and irregularities.
Maximum operating temperature 450°C *

Thickness increase ASTM F146 after
fluid immersion** 2% max.
Seal ability acc. to DIN 3535/6 0.8 ml/min
Chloride content max. 40 ppm
Purity Graphite 98% min.
* In a neutral or reducing atmosphere (ie. no internal/external exposure to oxygen) 1000°C and subject
to design pressure, please consult your KLINGER representative.
** ASTM Oil No. 3, 5h/150°C
•Low sealing stress alternative to Metal Clad Note: Alternative are Maxiprofile Gaskets
Gaskets that have improved sealing and
thermocycling capabilities for Heat
• Excellent seal under a low seating stress Exchangers.
including flange with rough and pitted
surfaces
•Available with Mica soft facing for high
temperature service
•Available with FDA-compliant PTFE facing
where a non-contaminating sealing solution is
required (limited to 260°C)
• Easily installed
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.
…Sealing with Security RKA 8990108 08/01

METAL CORE LAMINATE TYPE 109
KLINGERtype 109 exhibit excellent results,
particularly where high pressures, temperatures
and therefore, high bolt loads are to be
controlled.
A solid metal ring is machined on each contact
face to provide a serrated surface finish. Under
compression the finish develops high surface
stress values enabling the soft coating to fill any
imperfections in the flange facing. A variety of
surface coatings can be applied to service high
temperature, pressure or corrosive media
applications.
Temperatures range from cryogenic to 1090°C
with a wide chemical resistance.
Materials Other Profiles Available

• Support Ring
Stainless Steel 316L (standard)
Available ex stock are 304L, 321, mild steel.
Other materials available on request include
inconel, monel, hastelloy, duples, nickel and
titanium
• Coating Material
Graphite and PTFE.
LA1 – Lateral profiled joint with guide ring.
For high temperature applications (ie. above Most often used for standard flanges.
LA2 – Lateral profiled joint. Most often
400°C in oxidising environments) ask about
used with or without pass bars for heat
Maxiprofile HT gaskets. exchangers.
LA – Lateral profiled joint with floating
guide ring.
NEW !
MADE IN AUSTRALIA
Advantages
PSM Eyelet Gasket
Unique Anti-stick coating – no Combines the advantages of PSM with a
unnecessary cleaning of flanges. metallic eyelet at the gasket’s inner
diameter.
High blowout resistance
compared to non-metallic Gasket Cross-section
gaskets.
PSM Graphite facing
No possible leakage through with unique anti-stick
gasket body. coating
Metal PSM
Excellent high temperature Eyelet tanged
vacuum seal. core
(no glue)
Tanged graphite combined with
metal eyelet provides a high
resistance to graphite extrusion
preventing contamination of the
line. 316Ti and galvanised carbon steel
are standard eyelet grades.
Broad chemical resistance.
Tanged insert prevents excessive
Low emission seal graphite relaxation under high
temperatures / pressures.
Maximum temperature 450°C
when exposed to air /oxygen –
higher temperatures possible in
oxygen-free or reducing
environments.
Seals poor condition flanges

due to graphite sealing while the
eyelet material can be suited to
the process media.
Fluid Instrumentation
Liquid Level Gauges and Accessories

Magnetic Level Gauges and Accessories
Fluid Control
Borosilicate
gauge glasses
Reflex gauge glasses
Transparent gauge glasses
Circular gauge glasses
Edition 2003
Borosilicate gauge glasses
long and circular types
The quality of a sight (gauge) glass de-

pends mainly on the chemical compo-
sition and mechanical strength of the
glass material.
Constant glass quality is provided

through glass analyses and acid/alkali
tests. The mechanical strength is at-
tained through thermal pre-stressing.
Liquid level gauges

The gauge glass is the most important
component of the liquid level gauge.
Stress-optical view of thermally pre-stressed circular and long gauge glasses in
polarized light
KLINGER gauge glasses are suit-
able for installation in liquid level
gauges of almost any make.
We manufacture our gauge glasses our-
selves and use exclusively “extra-hard”
borosilicate glass which is subse-
quently heat-treated.
KLINGER gauge glasses have high me-

chanical strength and are exceptionally
resistant to alkalis, acids and boiler wa-
ter (within the service limitation). Our
glass testing laboratory carries out con-
tinuously quality control tests: purity of
glass, flaws in glass, dimensional accu-
racy, etc. This ensures the high quality
standard of KLINGER gauge glasses. KLINGER transparent glass (above) and reflex glass (underneath)
We manufacture reflex and transparent
glasses according to the most varied
international standards.
Fields of application:
• Oil refineries
• Petro-chemical plants
• Pharmaceutical manufacture
• Chemical processing
• Mechanical engineering, especially
manufacture of boilers and storage
vessels
• Foodstuffs and beverages industry
• Water engineering
• Paper and cellulose industry
• Textile industry
• Marine engineering
Circular gauge glasses made from borosilicate glass “extra-hard”
• Nuclear engineering
2
Reflex and transparent gauge glasses
made of borosilicate glass “extra-hard”, long types
Reflex glasses
The side facing the medium chamber is
provided with moulded grooves set at
90° angles. The moulding process in-
creases the resistance of the glass
grooves to wear; the “skin” which the
glass attains during moulding gives it
maximum smoothness and hardness.
This makes it extremely resistant to the
attack of boiler water.
Applications:
Up to 35 bar saturated steam, reflex
glasses provide the optimum solution:
they are corrosion resistant and provide
an absolutely clear indication.
Reflex glasses can be used with all me-
dia except steam at service conditions
up to 400 bar or temperatures up to KLINGER transparent glass (left side) and reflex glass (right) in polarized light
400 °C.
Transparent glasses
KLINGER transparent glasses are also
manufactured from “extra-hard” boro-
silicate glass. The surfaces on both
sides are finely ground and polished to
ensure optimal transparency.
Applications:
In steam service above 35 bar and with
media with a high pH-value.
KLINGER transparent glasses must be
protected by a mica shield on the side
facing the medium chamber. Transpar-
ent glasses should always be chosen
for contaminated, viscous or corrosive
media. Within the given service limita-
tions they may be used for all media ex- KLINGER package units for gauge glasses, sealing gaskets and cushion gaskets
cept steam at pressures up to 340 bar
or temperatures up to 400.°C.
glasses, mica shields, sealing gaskets Esso Eng. Spec. 123 (Esso Research &
Packing and cushion gaskets. Engineering Co. – New Jersey)
KLINGER gauge glasses are packed in S..O..D. Spec. 123 (Standard Oil Devel-
individual cardboard boxes. In addition Standards opment Company – New Jersey)
to the glass, each package contains a We manufacture reflex and transparent BS 3463 (British Standard Institution).
KLINGER sealing gasket and cushion glasses in series to the following stan-
gasket and forms a complete unit ready dards:
for installation. Quality control
OeNORM M 7354 (long gauge glasses) KLINGER reflex and transparent glasses
Note DIN 7081 (long gauge plate glasses) are subject to continuous control dur-
Only KLINGER original parts guarantee JIS B 8211 (Japanese Industrial Stan- ing manufacture in order to guarantee
a trouble free operation of the gauge dard) exact dimensions, stress conditions,
glasses. Therefore it is recommended to OMV-Spez. H 2009 (OMV-AG, Vienna) material composition and resistance to
use only original spare parts for gauge MIL-G-16356 D (US-Navy-Ships) bending strain.
3
technical datas
Reflex glasses A, B, H
Overall dimension (mm)

Size Type A Weight Type B Weight Type H Weight
L B S g/piece L B D g/piece L B S g/piece
0 – – – – 95 34 17 110 – – – –
I 115 30 17 118 115 34 17 132 115 34 22 176
II 140 30 17 146 140 34 17 162 140 34 22 214
III 165 30 17 176 165 34 17 195 165 34 22 254
IV 190 30 17 200 190 34 17 228 190 34 22 294
V 220 30 17 237 220 34 17 264 220 34 22 344
VI 250 30 17 265 250 34 17 301 250 34 22 392
VII 280 30 17 303 280 34 17 338 280 34 22 445
VIII 320 30 17 334 320 34 17 387 320 34 22 503
IX 340 30 17 359 340 34 17 410 340 34 22 536
X – – – – 370 34 17 461 – – – –
KLINGER gauge glasses Type A 1) Type B 1) Type H

Applicational range reflex glasses bar °C bar °C bar °C
For media with no significant glass attack, e..g. 400 120 265 120 300 120
oils, hydrocarbons 150 400 180 400 200 400
0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430
For media with significant glass attack, e..g. 2)
saturated steam, HPHW, alkalis 35 243 35 243 253
42
1) Glass types to OeNORM M 7354 or DIN 7081. 2) For steam pressures above 35 bar we recommend the use of transparent glasses with mica shields.
Transparent glasses A, B, H, TA, 28

Size Type A Weight Type B Weight Type H Weight Type TA 28 Weight
L B S g/piece L B D g/piece L B S g/piece L B S g/piece
I 115 30 17 122 115 34 17 137 – – – – 113 27,6 16,8 114
II 140 30 17 152 140 34 17 172 140 34 22 218 – – – –
III 165 30 17 176 165 34 17 204 165 34 22 260 163 27,6 16,8 168
IV 190 30 17 211 190 34 17 238 190 34 22 302 188 27,6 16,8 194
V 220 30 17 250 220 34 17 280 220 34 22 357 218 27,6 16,8 226
VI 250 30 17 280 250 34 17 317 250 34 22 400 248 27,6 16,8 258
VII 280 30 17 314 280 34 17 356 280 34 22 460 278 27,6 16,8 290
VIII 320 30 17 360 320 34 17 407 320 34 22 530 318 27,6 16,8 334
IX 340 30 17 387 340 34 17 430 340 34 22 562 338 27,6 16,8 356
X – – – – 370 34 17 480 – – – – – – – –
KLINGER gauge glasses Type A 1) Type B 1) Type H Type TA 28 4)

Applicational range transparent glasses bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C
For media with no significant glass attack, e..g. 240 120 290 120 340 120 – –
oils, hydrocarbons 160 400 200 400 230 400 – –
0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 – –
For media with significant glass attack, e..g. 2) 2) 2) 3)
saturated steam, HPHW, alkalis 243 243 253 324
35 35 42 120
300 300 300 356
70 85 85 180
1) Glass types to OeNORM M 7354 or DIN 7081.
2) For steam pressures above 35 bar we recommend the use of transparent glasses with mica shields.
3) For steam pressures above 120 bar only TA 28 glasses. size I. may be used.
4) TA glasses may only be used with mica shields.
4 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
Sealing and cushion gaskets & mica shields
for reflex and transparent gauge glasses
Sealing gasket, cushion gasket made from asbestos-free material

Sealing gasket and protective gasket 1) Cushion gasket 2)
Size Type A Type B/H
TA 28 TA 28
L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1
0 95 70 30 15 95 70 34 15 – – – – – – – –
I 115 90 30 15 115 90 34 15 133 97 47 19 112 97 27 17
II 140 115 30 15 140 115 34 15 – – – – – – – –
III 165 140 30 15 165 140 34 15 183 147 47 19 162 147 27 17
IV 190 165 30 15 190 165 34 15 208 172 47 19 187 172 27 17
V 220 195 30 15 220 195 34 15 238 202 47 19 217 202 27 17
VI 250 225 30 15 250 225 34 15 268 232 47 19 247 232 27 17
VII 280 255 30 15 280 255 34 15 298 262 47 19 277 262 27 17
VIII 320 295 30 15 320 295 34 15 338 302 47 19 317 302 27 17
IX 340 315 30 15 340 315 34 15 358 322 47 19 337 322 27 17
Sealing and cushion gaskets s.=.1,5 mm 1) Protective gasket s.=.0,5 mm 2) Cushion gasket s.=.0,5 mm
Mica shields

Type A Type B/H Type TA 28
Size
L2 B2 L2 B2 L2 B2
0 95 30 95 34 – –
I 115 30 115 34 133 47 1)
II 140 30 140 34 – –
III 165 30 165 34 183 47 2)
IV 190 30 190 34 208 47 2)
V 220 30 220 34 238 47 2)
VI 250 30 250 34 268 47 2)
VII 280 30 280 34 298 47 2)
VIII 320 30 320 34 338 47 2)
IX 340 30 340 34 358 47 2)
s=0,15.–.0,20 s=0,15.–.0,20 1) s=0,60 2) s=0,30.–.0,40
Material
A and B micas: stained first quality
TA 28 micas: stained A quality
KEL-F shield
Size like mica shields
Type B/H standard thickness = 1 mm
All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 5
technical datas according to OeNORM 7354 and DIN 7081
Quality components level. KLINGER mica shields are indi-

The quality of gauge glass depends on vidually packed to protect them against
its: scratching. An exact, multi-language
installation and maintenance leaflet is
• chemical composition contained in each package.
The chemical composition as well as
the coefficient of expansion is continu- Problems of glass wear
ously checked through glass analyses. Gauge glasses in liquid level gauges on
steam boilers are exposed to very high
• mechanical strength mechanical and chemical stresses. The
KLINGER packing for gauge glasses, Optimum mechanical strength of a
sealing gaskets and cushion gaskets interface between steam and water is
gauge glass is attained through heat continuously in motion: water evapo-
treatment (pre-stressing) in which – as rates, condensate forms.
in the hardening of steel – the glass is
Material: brought to a high temperature and
Borosilicate glass, thermally pre- Above all, the condensate running
quickly cooled down in a stream of air.
stressed, optically tested, properties as down the gauge glasses leaves traces of
This procedure increases the bending
laid down in DIN and OeNORM. abrasion.
and shock resistance of the gauge glass
to the value demanded by standards.
Resistance to bending strain: The thermal pre-stressing of a gauge Boiler water is always chemically
=120 N/mm2. glass can be checked by means of a po- treated water from which mineral sub-
larizing filter: as may be seen in the pic- stances have been extracted. The de-
Mean coefficient of linear tures on page 2 and 3, the stress lines mineralised water tends, however, to in-
expansion: are visible on the outer walls of the crease its mineral content and extracts
20/300 4.5 . 10–.6 . K–1; tested to gauge glass as interference colours. A this from glass. This chemical attack on
DIN 523328. non-pre-stressed glass does not dis- the glass is largely determined by pres-
play these stress lines. sure, temperature and pH-value of the
Transition temperature: boiler water.
tg=500.°C, tested to DIN 52324. • dimensional accuracy
We check the dimensional accuracy of With unprotected gauge glasses, steam
Chemical resistance every glass using special instruments. pressures should not exceed 35 bar nor
should it exeed the pH-value of 10, if
Alkali resistance: Mica protection an economic service life is required.
alkali class 2, tested to ISO 675.
The mica shield must be supported by a This limiting pH-value applies for feed-
glass with a perfectly flat surface. water at about 20.°C. It should be noted
Water resistance: that the pH-value decreases with in-
Therefor only transparent (plate)
hydrolytic class 1, tested ISO 719. creasing temperature – 1.5 pH degrees
glasses can be mica-protected; this is
not possible for glasses provided with at a temperature rise up to 300.°C.
Acid resistance:
reflex grooves.
acid class 1, tested to DIN 12116. Areas of application:
As already mentioned, gauge glasses
must be mica protected on the side fac- • Observation of processes in indus-
ing the medium when used with steam trial ovens, driers, filters, strainers,
at pressures over 35 bar or with media agitators and mixers.
which cause rapid wear of glass. • Observation of vessels such as
tanks, boilers, silos ....
Mica is a naturally-occurring sub- • Supervision of transportation of
stance. Only high-quality mica offers materials, e..g. in the solid state or
the desired gauge glass protection. Pu- liquids such as condensate or cool-
rity-wise our micas meet the require- ing fluids.
ments of ISO 2185: “stained first qual- • Indication of liquid level e..g. of oil
ity” up to 70 bar and “stained A quality” level in large gear boxes or of the
above 70 bar. Minimum light medium level in impregnation or
transmittancy is 1200 lux and it guaran- pouring plants, high capacity trans-
tees optimum readability of the liquid formers, washing plants ....
6
Circular sight glasses
made from borosilicate glass “extra-hard”
From our standard range

Glass Permiss. PB**) Gasket
Diameter mm Thickness mm bar O..D. mm I..D. mm Thickness mm
31,75 12,7 175 *) *) *)
40 12 50 42 30 1,5
45 10 40 47 32 1,5
45 12 50 47 32 1,5
50 10 25 52 35 1,5
50 12 40 52 35 1,5
60 10 16 62 45 1,5
60 12 25 62 45 1,5
60 15 40 62 45 1,5
63 10 16 65 48 2 Technical datas
63 12 25 65 48 2
63 15 40 65 48 2
Material:
70 12 25 72 55 2
80 12 16 82 65 2 Borosilicate glass, thermally pre-
80 15 25 82 65 2 stressed, optically tested, properties as
80 20 40 82 65 2 laid down in DIN and OeNORM.
90 10 10 92 75 2
Extract from the OeNORM: “Chemical
100 10 8 102 80 2
100 15 16 102 80 2 pre-stressing of glasses is not permis-
100 20 25 102 80 2 sible. For safety reasons soda-lime
100 25 40 102 80 2 glasses may not be used.”
110 20 25 112 90 2
120 10 8 122 100 2
125 15 10 127 100 2 Resistance to bending strain:
125 20 16 127 100 2 .160 N/mm2
125 25 25 127 100 2
150 15 8 152 125 2
150 20 10 152 125 2 Mean coefficient of linear
150 25 16 152 125 2 expansion:
150 30 25 152 125 2 20/300 .4.5 .10–.6 . K–.1, tested to DIN
170 15 8 172 140 2
52328.
175 20 10 177 150 2
175 25 16 177 150 2
175 30 25 177 150 2 Transition temperature:
200 20 8 202 175 2
tg=550.°C, tested to DIN 52324.
■ Dimensions not in DIN 7080 or OeNORM M7353
*) Gasket set and micas for high-pressure steam gauges **) PB=working pressure (gauge)
Chemical resistance
Calculation of the correct glass thickness
Alkali resistance:
alkali class 2, tested to ISO 675.
Water resistance:
hydrolytic class 1, tested ISO 719.
p ⋅S Acid resistance:
s = 0,55 ⋅ d m acid class 1, tested to DIN 12116.
10 ⋅ σbB
s: Theoretical minimum thickness in mm
d1 + d 2 moulded – ground – polished –
dm: Mean diameter of gasket thermally pre-stressed
2
d1: O..D. of glasses and gasket
d2: I..D. of gasket Temperatur resistance:
p: Max. permissible working pressure (gauge) in bar suitable for temperatures from –.273.°C
bB : Minimum bending strength in N/mm2 to +.300.°C, size 31.75/12.7 up to
S: Safety factor 356.°C
Circular sight glasses
Fluid Control
made from borosilicate glass “extra-
hard”
KLINGER Package unit:

Sight glasses are packed in individual
cardboard boxes. In addition to the
glass, each package contains a
KLINGER sealing gasket and cushion
gasket and forms a complete unit ready
for installation. Handy, shock-proof
package.
Standards
We manufacture reflex and transparent
glasses in series acc. to the following
standards:
OeNORM M 7353 (Austrian Standard)
DIN 7080 (German Standard)
BS 3463 (British Standard Institution).
JIS 8211 (Japanese Industrial Stan-
dard)
At request we supply circular sight
glasses in any desired dimension. Dimensionals tolerances:
Glass DIN 7080 KLINGER
OeNORM M 7353 house standard
31,75 mm – ±.0,13 mm
to 125 mm ±.0,5 mm ±.0,5 mm
150 to 200 mm ±.0,8 mm ±.0,5 mm
Glass thickness
12,7 mm – ±.0,05 mm
10 bis 20 mm ±.0,5 mm ±.0,5 mm
above 20 mm ±.0,8 mm ±.0,5 mm
Fluid Control
Piston valves KVN KX-

GT
Edition 2003
KLINGER piston valves
Application examples
2 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
Advantages and summary of types
KVN Advantages KVN 10.–.50 m.c. III, VI, VIII, Xc KVN 65.–.150 m.c. III
■ Reliably tight – across
the ports and to the
athmosphere
■ Environmentally safe
and energy efficient
■ Asbestos-free
■ No erosion on the seal-
ing surfaces
■ Insensitive to impurities
due to maintenance-free
sealing system KVNB 65.–.200 m.c. III KVN 65.–.200 m.c. VI, VIII
■ Unbeatable in a compar-
ison of profitability
■ Maintenance-free
■ Easy to install
■ Valve rings are replace-
able in the line
■ Excellent control charac-
teristics
■ Fire-safe tested accord-
ing to API 6FA KVMN 1/2 – 2 m.c. III, VIII, Xc KVSN 1/2 – 2 m.c. VIII
■ Inspected according to
EPA-emission-test
■ Conforms to TA-Luft
■ VdTÜV license 1065 type
approval
■ Suitable for oxygen
(BAM)
KVSN 15.–.50 m.c. VIII
In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 3
Optimization through experience
Piston valves KVN They passed the Fire-safe test accord- Excellent control characteristics
ing to API 6FA as well as the Helium- The standard version of the KLINGER
Excellent ideas are lasting leakage test with best results. These re- piston valve is already very well suited
In the year 1922 Richard KLINGER the sults impressively prove the exceptional for controlling the flow. Because the
founder of this company had an idea, efficiency of KLINGER piston valves. piston is guided by the upper and the
the principle of which is still valid to- lower valve ring vibration and instability
day. He designed the first piston valve. Today, piston valves are manufactured in the pipe does not occure. KLINGER
He replaced the sealing system of a based on the state of the art technique piston valves have proved to be excel-
conventional globe valve with a cylin- and according to the highest quality re- lent as by-pass control valves.
drical piston and two elastic replaceable quirements of ISO 9001.
jointing rings. Through simple replacement of the pis-
Efficiency and reliability ton and the lantern bush the KVN can
Environmentally safe and energy The sealing element is formed by two be retrofitted to act as a special preci-
efficient elastic valve rings enveloping a stain- sion control valve.
Constant research and further develop- less steel piston. The upper valve ring
ment yield a quality, which comes seals to the outside, the lower ring In-line valve ring replacement
through brilliantly in extreme applica- seals across the port. Due to the large A newly installed piston valve does not
tions and is marked by the slightest of piston skirt the sealing effect is optmal. require any maintenance for a long time
leak rates. KLINGER piston valves are As the valve closes the piston removes after. However, the spindle should be
the best solution in hot water-, steam-, impurities which the medium might regularly lubricated. If nevertheless a
heat transfer medium- and dry gas ap- contain from the inside of the lower valve ring wears out it can be replaced
plication. valve ring. In this way the valve reliably without problems while remaining in
seals off even contaminated media. In the line and, if assembly instructions
Tested and certified principle, damage to the sealing surface are followed, it can be changed by in-
KLINGER KVN piston valves have been is precluded and tightness is guaran- house personnel.
tested by independent research insti- teed as a result. After replacement the valve is like new.
tutes under the toughest conditions.
KX-GT: Competitiveless in sealing
Environmentally safe and energy efficient
The core of the piston valve: The

valve rings KX-GT
The high quality valve ring KX-GT is
made of graphite laminate with tang
metal sheet inserts made of stainless
steel. The valve is absolutely asbestos-
and maintenance-free. The variable
thermal expansions which occur under
alternating thermal loads are completely
compensated by KX-GT-valve rings,
which were presealed in a built-in con-
dition.
Long term sealing even at highest

demands
Media in the temperature range between
–.40 °C and +.400 °C and at pressures
of up to 63 bar, can be reliably con-
trolled. KX-GT valve rings are excellent
for the use in temperature shock opera-
tion as well as steam condensate alter-
nating-operation. (Flash-application).
Pressure releaved piston are pressure releaved. The spindle is

In order to ensure convenient actuation sealed with a gland and an additional
at high differential pressures, the pis- valve ring provides the sealing between
tons of the KVN range are made of cast the body and the bonnet.
steel, whereof the sizes DN 65 to 200
Cost justification
Piston valve – seat valve – bellow seal valve
Leakage in comparison
Standard deduced leakage rates
Piston valve
8.× .10-3 mbar x l/s
2 ppm
Bellow seal valve
3,9.× .10-2 mbar x l/s
50 ppm
TA-Luft
1.× .10-2 mbar x l/s
13 ppm
EPA
3,9.× .10-1 mbar x l/s
500 ppm
Actuators for KVN
Electro mechanical and pneumatic actuators
Electro mechanical actuator Pneumatic actuator

Various designs at request The pneumatic actuator is single acting
and offers an ON/OFF-function. It is of-
ten preferred to the electro mechanical
actuator for many reasons.
The actuator closes the valve with
spring force (security !) and opens it
with air pressure. Safe control media
are compressed air and nitrogen at a
maximum of 6 bar. Compresssed air
supply: R 1/4 , measurement, weight
and valve lift at request.
Pneumatic actuators can be applied at
ambient temperatures between –.30 °C
and +.90 °C. The standard version in-
cludes pneumatic diaphragm actuator,
end switch, stroke scale and a mechani-
cal valve lifting stop. Special design
with hand emergency-switch is availa-
ble.
Technical data
Type DN PN material connection overall length page

KLINGER flanged-valves
KVN 32.–.50 6 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVNB 65.–.150 16 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 10
KVN 65.–.200 16 spheroidal cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 11
KVN 10.–.50 40 spheroidal cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 10.–.50 40 cast steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 10.–.50 40 stainless steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 65.–.200 40 cast steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 11
KLINGER valves with female screwed ends
KVMN ½ –2 16 cast iron ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 16 cast iron NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 cast steel ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 cast steel NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 stainless steel ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 stainless steel NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KLINGER valves with weld ends
KVSN ½ –2 63 cast steel EN 12 760 DIN 3202-M9 13
KVSN 15.–.50 63 cast steel EN 12 627 14
Pressure/temperature-diagrams 15
Connection dimensions 16
Material code 16
Technical data 17
Special design
Piston valve witrh heating jacket
KVN 10.–.200 18
Piston valve for Fire-safe application
KVN 10.–.200 18
Piston valve for TA-Luft and EPA application
KVN 10.–.200 19
Certifications 20
Piston valves KVN
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16, flange acc. to EN 1092-1 PN 40
Material: cast iron, spheroidal cast iron, cast steel, stainless steel;
valve ring KX-GT
KVN 10.–.50
PN 40
DN 10.–.50
material code VI, VIII, Xc
PN 16
DN 15.–.50
material code III
PN 6
DN 32.–.50
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1
Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16
1 Body EN-GJL-250 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 1.4581

2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 1.4581
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 2)
5 Lantern bush Sint C10 Sint C10 Sint C10 1.4408
6 Split nut 1.0715 gal 1.0715 gal 1.0715 gal 1.4571
7 Piston 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 1.4404
8 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4021 1.4404
9 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT
11 Gewindebüchse 1) – Sint C11 spez. Sint C11 spez. 1.4401
12 Tension pin 1) – spring steel spring steel 1.4305
13 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
Suggested order specification 14 Handwheel nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
15 Stud bolt KVN10.–.25 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
Shut off valve PN 40, PN 16, PN 6
15 Stud bolt KVN32.–.50 1.7709 1.7709 1.7709 A4
designed as straight-through piston 16 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 1.4310
valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve 18 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
rings – body made of cast iron, spher- 19 Serrated lock washer spring steel spring steel spring steel A2
oid EN 558-1al cast iron, cast steel or 21 Type plate Al Al Al Al
stainless steel. Handwheel made of cast 1) only DN 40 and DN 50 2) rilsanisiert
iron, piston made of special Niro-steel, Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)
overall length to EN 558-1, flanges m.c. III/PN 16 PN 40
DN L H Hub A PN 6 m.c. III
drilled to EN 1092-1 resp. EN1092-2. m.c. VI/PN 40 m.c. VIII/Xc
Make: KLINGER 10 130 105 23 100 – – 2,50
Type: KVN VI KX für DN 10.–.50 15 130 105 23 100 – 2,50 2,70
20 150 120 28 120 – 4,15 4,60
25 160 139 33 140 – 5,40 5,90
Ordering example: 32 180 156 37 160 8,00 8,50 9,10
KVN 10-VIII KX, PN 40 40 200 186 44 180 10,20 10,90 11,40
50 230 211 51 200 13,70 14,20 16,30
Piston valves KVN
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16
Material: cast iron; valve ring KX-GT
KVN 65.–.150
PN 16
material code III
PN 6
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

limits see page 15
Suggested order specification

1 Body EN-GJL-250
Shut off valves PN 16, PN 6
2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 Designed as a straight-through piston
4 Piston 1.4136 valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve
5 Lantern bush EN-GJL-200 rings – body and handwheel made of
8 Threaded bush Sint C11 special grey cast iron, piston made of special
9 Spindle 1.4021
Niro-steel, overall length to EN 558-1,
11 Split nut 1.4401
12 Disc 1.4401
flanges drilled to EN 1092-2.
13 Piston nose cone 1.4401 Make: KLINGER
14 Upper valve ring KX-GT Type: KVN III KX for DN 65.–.150
16 Serrated lock washer spring steel
17 Washer St37 / mat nickel Ordering example:
18 Securing ring 1.4310K
KVN 65-III KX, PN 16
19 Stud bolt 1.1181
20 Handwheel nut 5
21 Bonnet nut 5
22 Belleville washer 50CrV4
24 Tension pin spring steel
25 Type plate Al
Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)

DN L H Hub A PN 6 PN 16
65 290 194,5 50 265 19,00 20,30
80 310 219 58 265 26,00 27,60
100 350 260 78 300 36,50 38,30
125 400 303 86 400 52,20 55,00
150 480 331 98 400 80,00 85,00
Piston valves KVNB
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16
Material: cast iron; valve ring KX-GT
KVNB 65.–.200
PN 16
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

limits see page 15

III
Shut-off valve PN 16 1 Body EN-GJL-250
Designed as straight-through piston 2 Bonnetl EN-GJL 250
valve, backseat relieved, sealed off by 3 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
flexible valve rings, stuffing box self 4 Piston 1.4086
5 Lantern bush EN-GJL-200
retightening by means of belleville 9 Spindle 1.4021
washer. Body and handwheel made of 10 Piston shaftt 1.4104
cast iron, piston made of special niro- 11 Gland retainer EN-JS 1030
steel. Overall length acc. To EN 558-1 12 Disc 1.4401
13 Piston nose cone 1.4401
GR1, flange drilled acc. to EN 1092-2
14 Upper valve ring KX-GT
Make: KLINGER 16 OT-valve ring Grafit-L
Type: KVNB III KX for DN 65.–.200 17 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT
18 Thrust piece EN-GJL-200
19 Back seat 1.4104
Ordering example:
20 Threaded bush EN-GJL-200
KVNB 65-III KX, PN 16 21 Split nut 1.4401
22 Washer St 37 gal
23 Disc 1.4401
24 Swing bolt 5.6
25 Stud bolt 5,6
26 Securing ring 1.4310K
PN 16 27 Bonnet nut 5
approx. 28 Bonnet nut gekerbt AISI 304
Overall length in mm
weight 29 Bonnet nut 5
DN L H Hub A (kg) 30 Bonnet nut 5
65 290 194,5 50 265 24,0 31 Tension pin spring steel
80 310 219 58 265 30,5 32 Notched parallel pin 6.8
100 350 260 78 300 46,5 33 Belleville washer 50CrV4
125 400 303 86 400 69,0 34 Belleville washer 50 CrV4
150 480 331 98 400 85,0 36 Serrated lock washer spring steel
200 600 561 118 400 157,5 37 Type plate Al
Piston valves KVN
Flanges acc. to EN 1092-2 VI, flanges acc. to EN 1092-1 VIII
Material: spheroidal cast iron, cast steel; valve ring KX-GT
KVN 65.–.200
PN 40
DN 65.–.200
material code VI, VIII
PN 16
DN 65.–.200
material code VI
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

limits see page 15

VI / PN 16 VI / PN 16
Shut-off valves PN 40, PN 16 1 Body EN-JS 1025 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 21 Split nut 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
Designed as straight-through piston 2 Bonnetl EN-JS 1025 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 22 Washer St12.03 St12.03 St12.03
valves, beackseat-relieved, sealed off by 3 Handwheel
EN-GJL- EN-GJL- EN-GJL- 23 Disc A4 A4 A4
200 200 200
3 flexible valve rings – stuffing box self 4 Piston 1.4086 1.4086 1.4086
24 Swing bolt 5.6 5.6 5.6
25 Stud bolt 1.7709 1.7709 1.7709
retightening by means of belleville EN-GJL- EN-GJL- EN-GJL-
5 Lantern bush 26 Securing ring 1.4310K 1.4310K 1.4310K
washer, body made of spheroidal cast 200 200 200
27 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
9 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4021
iron or cast steel. handwheel made of 28 Hexagon nut
5 black 5 black 5 black
10 Piston shaftt 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 notched
cast iron, piston made of special Niro- 11 Gland retainer EN-JS 1030 EN-JS 1030 EN-JS 1030
29 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
steel, overall length to EN 558-1, 12 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 30 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
flanges drilled to EN1092-1 resp. 13 Piston nose cone 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 spring spring spring
31 Tension pin
EN1092-2 14 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT steel steel steel
16 OT-valve ring Grafit-L Grafit-L Grafit-L 32 Notched parallel
Make: KLINGER 17 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT pin
6.8 6.8 6.8
Type: KVN VIII KX for DN 65.–.200 18 Thrust piece 1.0308 1.0308 1.0308 33 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4
19 Back seat 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 34 Belleville washer 50 CrV4 50 CrV4 50 CrV4
36 Serrated lock spring spring spring
Ordering example: 20 Threaded bush
Sint C11 Sint C11 Sint C11
washer steel steel steel
special special special
KVN 65-VIII KX, PN 40 37 Type plate Al Al Al
PN 40 PN 16
approx. approx.
Overall length in mm Overall length in mm
weight weight
DN L H Hub A (kg) DN L H Hub A (kg)
65 290 306 49 250 25,0 65 290 194,5 50 265 20,3
80 310 327 59 250 31,8 80 310 219 58 265 27,6
100 350 375 63 280 47,8 100 350 260 78 300 38,3
125 400 447 83 320 75,8 125 400 303 86 400 55,0
150 480 477 93 360 107,5 150 480 331 98 400 85,0
200 600 561 118 400 180,0 200 600 561 118 400 180,0
Piston valves KVMN
Female screwed ends with pipe thread acc. to ISO 228-1,
femal screwed ends with NPT-thread acc.to. ANSI B2.1
Materials: cast iron, cast steel, stainless steel, valve ring KX-GT
KVMN
1/2 –2
1/2 –2 NPT
PN 63
DN 1/2 –2
material code VIII, Xc
PN 16
DN 1/2 –2
material code III
Overall length to
DIN 3202-M9

limits see page 15
III VIII Xc
1 Body EN-GJL-250 1.0619 1.4581
2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250 1.0619 1.4581
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 rilanisiert
5 Lantern bush Sint C10 Sint C10 1.4408
7 Piston 1.4104 1.4104 1.4404
8 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4404
9 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
12 Stud bolt 1/2 – 1 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
Stud bolt 1 1/4 – 2 1.7709 1.7709 A4.–.70
13 Threaded bush 1) – Sint C11 special Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) – spring steel spring steel
15 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 1.4310
16 Split nut 1.0715 1.0715 1.4571
Suggested order specification 17 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
Shut-off valve PN 63, PN 16 18 Serrated lock washer spring steel spring steel A2
21 Type plate Al Al Al
Designed as straight through piston
1) only DN 40 and DN 50
vlave, sealed-off by 2 flexible valve
rings – body made of cast iron, cast
steel or stainless steel. Handwheel Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)
DN L H Hub A PN 16 PN 63
made of grey cast iron, piston made of ½ 100 105 23 100 1,40 1,50
special Niro-steel. Overall length to DIN ¾ 120 120 28 120 2,35 2,45
1 135 138 33 140 3,50 3,60
3202-M9, bushes with pipe threads to 1¼ 160 156 37 160 5,70 5,90
ISO 228-1, bushes with NPT threads to 1½ 185 186 44 180 8,10 8,50
2 220 211 51 200 11,00 11,50
ANSI B2.1.
Make: KLINGER PN 16, PN 63
DIN Anschlussmuffen NPT Anschlussmuffen
Type: KVMN VIII KX for DN 1/2 –2 DN
d1 t1 t2 SW d1 t1 t2
KVMN KX VIII for DN 1/2 –2 NPT ½ R½ 15,5 19,5 36 ½ -14 NPT 13,5 19,5
¾ R¾ 16,0 20,0 41 ¾ -14 NPT 14,0 20,0
1 R1 17,0 22,0 50 1 –.11½NPT 17,0 24,0
Odering example: 1¼ R1 ¼ 19,0 25,0 65 1 ¼ -11½NPT 17,5 24,5
1½ R1 ½ 19,0 24,0 75 1 ½ -11½NPT 17,5 24,5
KVMN 1/2 -III KX, PN 16 2 R2 26,0 31,0 90 2 –.11½NPT 18,0 25,0
Piston valves KVSN
Socket weld ends acc. to EN 12 760
Material: cast steel; valve ring KX-GT
KVSN 1/2 –2
PN 63
DN 1/2 –2
material code VIII
Overall length to
DIN 3202-M9

limits see page 15
Connection dimensions in mm Part name Material code VIII

DN
d1 t1 SW 1 Body 1.0619
1/2 21,80 10 36 2 Bonnetl 1.0619
3/4 27,10 13 41 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
1 33,80 13 50 5 Lantern bush Sint C10
1 1/4 42,60 13 65 7 Piston 1.4104
1 1/2 48,70 13 75 8 Spindle 1.4021
2 61,20 16 90 9 Upper valve ring KX-GT
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181
12 Stud bolt 1/2 – 1 1.1181
Stud bolt 1 1/4 – 2 1.7709
13 Threaded bush 1) Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) spring steel
Suggested order specification 16 Split nut 1.0715
Shut-off valve PN 63 17 Disc 1.4401
Designed as straight-through piston 18 Serrated lock washer spring steel
21 Type plate Al
valve, sealed-off by 2 flexible valve
rings, body made of cast steel and 1) only DN 40 and DN 50
handwheel made of cast iron, piston
made of special Niro-steel, overall KVSN 1/2 – 2
length to DIN 3202-M9. Overall length in mm weight
Socket weld ends to EN 12 760 DN L H Hub A (kg)
1/2 100 105 23 100 1,50
Make: KLINGER
3/4 120 120 28 120 2,45
Type: KVSN VIII KX für DN 1/2 –2
1 135 138 33 140 3,60
1 1/4 160 156 37 160 5,90
Ordering example: 1 1/2 185 186 44 180 8,50
KVSN 1/2 -VIII KX, PN 63 2 220 211 51 200 11,50
Piston valves KVSN
butt weld ends acc. to EN 12 627
Material: cast steel; valve ring KX-GT
KVSN 15.–.50
PN 63
DN 15.–.50
material code VIII
Overall length acc.
to Klinger-standard

limits see page 15
Connection dimensions in mm Part name Material code VIII

DN d s 1 Body 1.0619
15 21,3 3,25 2 Bonnetl 1.0619
20 26,9 3,25 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
25 33,7 4,00 4 Pipe thread 1.0305
32 42,4 4,00 5 Lantern bush Sint C10
40 48,3 4,00 7 Piston 1.4104
50 60,3 4,50 8 Spindle 1.4021
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181
12 Stud bolt 15.–.25 1.1181
Stud bolt 32.–.50 1.7709
13 Threaded bush 1) Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) spring steel
Suggested order specification 16 Split nut 1.0715
Shut-off valves PN 63 17 Disc 1.4401
18 Serrated lock washer spring steel
Designed as a straight-through piston 21 Type plate Al
valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve
1) only DN 40 and DN 50
rings, body made of cast steel,
handwheel made of cast iron, piston
made of special Niro-steel, butt weld approx. weight
Overall length in mm
(kg)
ends acc. to EN 12 627 DN L H Hub A
Make: KLINGER 15 145 105 23 100 1,70
Type: KVSN VIII KX für DN 15.–.50 20 170 120 28 120 2,55
25 200 138 33 140 3,80
Ordering example: 32 230 156 37 160 6,20
40 270 186 44 180 8,90
KVSN 15-VIII KX, PN 63 50 320 211 51 200 12,20
Pressure-/temperature diagrams
Economical consideration
Application limitations
KVN 10.–.50 KVN 65.–.150 KVNB 65.–.200
KVN 65.–.200 KVMN 1/2 – 2 KVSN
Pressure-/temperature diagrams
This pressure-/temperature diagram
helps you to choose the most eco-
nomical of the KLINGER piston valves
KVN.
Technical data
Connection dimensions in mm
Loch- DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
DN D b g f l k
zahl 15 95 16 46 2 4 14 65
32 120 14 69 3 4 14 90 20 105 16 56 2 4 14 75
40 130 14 78 3 4 14 100 25 115 18 65 3 4 14 85
50 140 14 88 3 4 14 110 32 140 18 76 3 4 19 100
65 160 14 108 3 4 14 130 40 150 19 84 3 4 19 110
80 190 19 124 3 4 19 150 50 165 19 99 3 4 19 125
100 210 19 144 3 4 19 170 65 185 19 118 3 8 19 145
125 240 19 174 3 8 19 200 80 200 19 132 3 8 19 160
150 265 19 199 3 8 19 225 100 235 19 156 3 8 23 190
125 270 23,5 184 3 8 28 220
150 300 26 211 3 8 28 250
Loch- 200 375 30 284 3 12 31 320
DN D b g f l k
zahl
15 95 16 46 2 4 14 65
20 105 18 56 2 4 14 75
DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
25 115 18 65 3 4 14 85
10 90 16 40 2 4 14 60
32 140 18 76 3 4 19 100
15 95 16 45 2 4 14 65
40 150 18 84 3 4 19 110
20 105 18 58 2 4 14 75
50 165 18 99 3 4 19 125
25 115 18 68 2 4 14 85
65 185 20 118 3 4 19 145
32 140 18 78 2 4 18 100
80 200 22 132 3 8 19 160
40 150 18 88 2 4 18 110
100 220 24 156 3 8 19 180
50 165 20 102 2 4 18 125
125 250 26 184 3 8 19 210
150 285 26 211 3 8 23 240
DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
200 340 30 266 3 12 23 295
65 185 22 122 2 8 18 145
80 200 24 138 2 8 18 160
100 235 24 162 2 8 22 190
125 270 26 188 2 8 26 220
150 300 28 218 2 8 26 250
200 375 34 285 2 12 30 320
Material code (m.c.)

m.c. Body Bonnetl internal parts colour of body
Primary criterion for the material code
number is the basic material of the
III cast iron cast iron without copper alloy parts grey
body and bonnet.
spheroidal cast spheroidal cast
VI without copper alloy parts green
iron iron
VIII cast steel cast steel without copper alloy parts blue
Xc stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel polished, pickled
Flow coefficient and zeta-values

Type KVN KV = Flow coefficient (m3/h)
DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 = Zeta-value
kV 2 4,5 8 12,5 20,5 32 50 69 104 163 233 335 582
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 7,2 7,2 7,2
The values shown in the table have an Graphs and exact flow calculations for
accuracy of ± 10% and apply to water at all KLINGER valves are available at re-
a temperature of 20 °C and a density of quest
approx. 1000 kg/m3.
Technical data
Application limitations with KX-GT

Permissible working pressure (bar) at pressure Lowest permissible working temperature in 1) with A4 screws
Service rating °C KVN KX
category 2) with lantern made of stainless
63 40 25 16 10 III VI VIII Xc
63 steel
40 3) Material 1.4408 is admitted up
I 25 –.10 –.10 –.10 3) to –.196 °C
16
–.10
10
48
30
II 19 –.60 2) –.60 1) 2) –.60 3)
12
–.10
10
16
10
III 6 –.60 1) 2) –.60 1) 2) –.85 3)
4
–.10
2,5
Belleville washers, stud bolts

Body – Bonnetl Bonnetl – Gland retainer
DN belleville washer stud bolts belleville washer stud bolts
Dimension piece*) Dimension piece Dimension piece Dimension piece
10/15 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .30 2
20 20.× .10,2.× .1 6 M 10.× .30 3
25 20.× .10,2.× .1 8 M 10.× .30 4
32 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
40 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
50 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
65 34.× .16,3.× .2 8 M 16.× .55 4 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
80 34.× .16,3.× .2 12 M 16.× .55 6 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
100 34.× .16,3.× .2 16 M 16.× .60 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
125 40.× .20,4.× .2,25 12 M 20.× .70 6 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
150 40.× .20,4.× .2,25 16 M 20.× .70 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
200 50.× .25,4.× .2,5 16 M 24.× .75 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
Dimensions of valve rings and stuffing box rings

DN 10.–.50 m.c. III, VI, VIII, Xc DN 65.–.200 m.c. III (KVNB), VI, VIII
outside inside outside inside
Type item H Type item H
diameter diameter diameter diameter
KVN KX 10 2 valve rings 23,5 15 8.0 2 valve rings 82 60 13.3
KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
82 69 10.0
KVN KX 15 2 valve rings 23,5 15 8.0 65
3 stuffing box rings 36 24 8.0
KVN KX 20 2 valve rings 30 20 9.3
2 valve rings 94 70 14.6
KVN KX 25 2 valve rings 38 25 10.6 KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
94 80 10.0
80
KVN KX 32 2 valve rings 45 30 14.6 3 stuffing box rings 36 24 8.0
KVN KX 40 2 valve rings 58 40 14.6 2 valve rings 112 90 14.6
KVN KX 50 2 valve rings 70 50 16.0 112 100 11.0
100
DN 65.–.150 m.c. III 2 valve rings 135 110 16.0
135 121 13.0
outside inside 125
Type item H 3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0
diameter diameter
2 valve rings 155 130 17.3
155 141 13.0
KVN KX 80 2 valve rings 94 70 14.6 150
KVN KX 100 2 valve rings 112 90 14.6 2 Ventilringe 200 170 18.6
200 184 15.0
200
KVN KX 150 2 valve rings 155 130 17.3 3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0
Special designs
KVN with heating jacket
KVN Fire-safe
KVN with heating jacket

All KLINGER piston valves KVN can be
provided with heating jacket.
Overall- / connection dimensions and
application range, see the appropriate
product pages.
KLINGER piston valves with heating
jacket are designed for the use with vis-
cous media or media which solidify
when cold.
The jacket is made of stainless steel
1.4541 and may be used with all heat-
ing fluids for which steel piping is suit-
able. Two heating connections and a
drain connection are provided on the
heating jacket. The max. heating fluid
pressure is 6 bar. Since considerable
condensation may be expected in the
heating jacket when steamheating is
used, it is advisable to connect a steam
trap to the drain connection of the
jacket. Max. pressure of heating me-
dium 6 bar.
Pressure rating of the heating

jacket:
up to DN 100: PN 25
DN 125.–.200: PN 16
KVN Fire-safe tested

acc. to API 6FA
The Fire-safe test was conducted by
TÜV in
Austria, acc. to API Standard GEA and
ISO 10497.
The Fire-safe-type KVN requires a spe-
cial type of sealing elements across the
port which the KVN is supplied with
and can also be retrofitted without
problems. This is the advantage of the
KLINGER-modular systems.
Die Fire-Safe-Ausführung der KVN ver-

langt besondere Dichtelemente im
Durchgang. Diese Fire-Safe-Dichtele-
mente werden direkt im Werk montiert,
Special designs
KVN KX1 for TA-Luft and EPA applications
KVN KX-1 for TA-Luft and EPA

applications
The standard KX-GT valve ring of this
special design is equipped with addi-
tional Klingerflon gaskets. These addi-
tional rings are joined to the upper
valve ring resp. the stuffing box. This
system guarantees lowest leakage rates
(2 ppm !) and meets the TA-Luft and
EPA-requirements even better than con-
ventional sealings.
All other parts of the valves are as in the
standard design and the according
specifications.
Media in the temperature range from
–.196 °C to +.300 °C and pressures up
to 63 bar can be reliably sealed with the
KLINGER piston valve KVN with KX-1
sealing system.
All KLINGER piston valves already in

service can easily be equipped with the
KX-1 system without dissambly.
TA-Luft = Technische Anleitung Luft

(technical guidelines air) Germany
EPA = Environmental Protection Agency

USA
Part name Material

2 Lantern bush Sint C10
3 Sealing K-Flon
4 OT-Valve ring Grafit-L
KVN 10.–.50 KVN 65.–.200
5 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT
KVN certification
Manufacturer- and type approvals

Certificate resp.
No. Tests and approvals Testing institute
registration Nr.
1 Quality system ISO 9001 TÜV CERT Austria 20 100 0918
Manufacturer approval acc. to AD-
2 TÜV Bayern 21878
Merkblatt HPO and TRB 801 No. 45
Welding approval acc. to
3 TÜV Süddeutschland 21878
DIN EN 729.–.2
Welding approval acc.to
4 TÜV Austria PZ/00/S/091/HVK
OENORM EN 729.–.2
Manufacturer approval for welding
5 acc. to OENORM M 7812 Part TÜV Austria V 1225/Sei/85
name 1
Approval acc. to Pressure Equip-
6 ment Directive 97/23/EG/DGVO TÜV Austria Q02/00
426/99
Type approval for KVN 10.–.50 acc.
7 TÜV Bayern TÜV.AR.086.–.96
to VdTÜV 1065
Type approval for KVN 10.–.50 for
8 TÜV Bayern TÜ.AGG.252.–.95
tankers (RID/ADR+TRT)
Fire-safe-test KVN 2“ Class 300 acc. Southwest Research Insti-
9 Test No. 6.–.298
to API 6F tute / USA
Fire-safe-test KVN 50 PN 40 acc. to
10 TÜV Austria V 371/MK/WR
API 6F
Fire-safe-test KVN 100 PN 40 acc.to
11 TÜV Austria V 1798/SEI/HA
API 6F
Release for oxygen service for KVN
12 BAM Berlin Tgb.Nr. 6494/96 IV
10.–.200
TA-Luft-tests with KVN 50 PN 40
13 TÜV Hessen W 8000/2
with KX-1/rings
TA-Luft-tests for KVN 100 PN 40
14 TÜV Austria WP 1430/GÖ/FUK
with KX-1/rings
TA-Luft-tests for KVN 50 PN 40 with
15 TÜV Austria WP 919/MK/BE
TFM 1600/rings
Registrations of KVN in Canada
16 TSSA Cabada CRN OC....
TSSA Cabada
Leakage rates
KVN KX1-GT 50.000 cycle test
Table of chemical resistance
All given recommendations are intended to help in select- Explanation of symbols

ing suitable materials and valve types. No guarantee can be for metallic materials:
given since performance and service life of the products de- 0 = practically resistant, loss in weight less than
pend on a series of factors on which the manufacturer has no 2,4 g/m2/day
influence. Special regulations must be observed. Please con- 1 = fairly resistant, loss in weight 2,4.–.24 g/m2/day
tact us in cases of doubt. Solid media listed in the table 2 = low resistance, loss in weight 24.–.72 g/ m2/day
are to be understood as aqueous solutions or suspensions. 3 = non-resistant, loss in weight more than 72 g/m2/day
EN-JL1040 Cast iron to EN 1561 – = not tested or not customary
EN-JS 1030 Spheroidal cast iron to EN 1563
1.0619 mild cast steel acc. to EN 10213 for sealing materials:
1.4581 stabilised chrome-nickel-molybdenum steel • = suitable
acc. to EN 10213 – = not suitable
Sealing ring materials: Abbreviations:

KX GT special sealing based on graphite Bp. = boiling point
TFM-1600 special sealing PTFE-based satd. sol. = saturated solution
hyd.sol. = hydrous solution
conc. = concentrated
Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025
1.0619
1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Aceton CH3COCH3 20 • • 0 0 0 all

Acetylen C 2H 2 • • III, VIII, X, Xc
Air, dry • • 0 0 0 all
Alum KAI(SO4)2 10 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Alum KAI(SO4)2 10 100 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Aluminium acetate (CH3COO)3Al • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Aluminium ethylate Al(OC2H5)2 • • 0 0 0 alle
Aluminium chlorate Al(CIO3)3 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Aluminium fluoride AIF3 • • 0 0 3 III, VIII
Aluminium oxyde Al2 O3 • • 0 0 0 alle
Ammonium bicarbonate (NH4)HCO3 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 5 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 10 100 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Ammonium diphosphate (NH2)2HPO4 • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium carbonate (NH4)2CO3 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Ammonium nitrate NH4NO3 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Ammonium sulphate (NH4)2SO4 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Ammonium hydroxyde NH4 OH 10 20 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium hydroxyde NH4OH 10 100 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Aniline C6H5NH2 • • 0 0 0 all
Arsenic acid H3As04 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Asphalt (tar) • • – – 0 X, Xc
Beer • • 0 0 0 all
Benzene C 6H 6 • • 0 0 0 all
Benzine • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Bleaching liquor (chloride of lime) • • – – 1 X, Xc
Borax Na2B407 10 H20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025
1.0619
1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Boric acid H3BO3 4 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Butane C4H10 • • 0 0 0 all
Buttermilk 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Butyl acetate CH3C00C4H9 • • 0 0 0 all
Butyl alcohol C4H9OH • • 0 0 0 all
Calcium bisulphite Ca(HS 03)2 20 • • 2 3 0 X, Xc
Calcium bisulphite Ca(HS 03)2 200 • • 2 3 0 X, Xc
Calcium chloride CaCl2 20 • • 1 1 0 X, Xc
Calcium chloride CaCl2 100 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Calcium hydroxide (milk of lime) Ca(OH)2 • • 0 0 0 all
Calcium hypochlorite Ca(CIO)2 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Calcium sulphate CaSO4 • • 0 0 0 all
Carbon dioxyde, dry CO2 bis 150 • • 0 0 0 all
Carbon dioxyde, dry CO2 400 – • 0 0 0 VII, X, Xc
Carbon disulfide CS2 20 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Carbon tetrachloride CCl4 • • 1 1 0 all
Chloroform HOSO2Cl Kp • • 1 1 3 all
Chloroform
Chlor sulphonic acid
Chromic acid H2CroO4 10 20 • • 1 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Chromic acid H2CroO4 10 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Chromic acid H2CroO4 50 20 • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Citric acid (CH2COOH)2C 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
(OH)COOH
Citric acid CH2COOH)2C Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
(OH)COOH
Clophen T 64 • • 0 0 0 all
Copper acetate wat. sol. (CH3COOO)2Cu 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Copper acetate wat. sol (CH3COOO)2Cu Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Copper sulphate CuSO4 20 • • 3 2 0 X, Xc
Copper sulphate CuSO4 Kp • • 3 2 0 X, Xc
Diazotation bath,(weakly acid) 20 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Diazotation bath,(weakly acid) 80 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Diesel oil 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Diphyl • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Dowtherm A • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Dye liquor, alkaline or neutral 20 • • – – – X, Xc
Dye liquor, alkaline or neutral dye li- Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
quor, organic acid 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor, organic acid Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor,weakly sulphuric acid H2SO4 under Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor, strongly sulphuric acid 0,3%
Dye liquor, strongly sulphuric acid H2SO4 above 0,3% 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
H2SO4 above 0,3%
Kp • • – – 1 X, Xc
Ethane C 2H 6 • • 0 0 0 all
Ethanol C2H5OH • • 0 0 0 all
Ethyl ether C2H5OC2H6 • • 1 1 0 all
Ethyl acetate CH3COOC2H5 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Ethylene C 2H 4 • • 0 0 0 all
Ethylen chloride (Dichlorethan) (CH2Cl)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025
1.0619
1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Fatty acids from C6 • • 1 1 0 all
Formaldehyde HCHO 40 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formaldehyde HCHO 40 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formic acid HCOOH 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Freon • • 0 0 0 all
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 10 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glycerine (CH2OH)2CHOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glycerine (CH2OH)2CHOH 100 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Grape vinegar 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Heat transfer oils • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Hydrochloric acid, dry HCI 20 • • 1 1 1 all
Hydrochloric acid, dry HCI 100 • • 1 1 2 all
Hydrochloric acid HCI 0,2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrochloric acid HCI 0,2 50 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Hydrochloric acid HCI 1 20 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Hydrogen H2 • • 0 0 0 all 4)
Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen peroxide H 2O 2 50 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen sulphide, gas, dry H 2S 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen sulphide, gas,wet H 2S 20 • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydroxylamine sulphate (NH2OH)H2SO4 10 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydroxylamine sulphate (NH2OH)H2SO4 10 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Illuminating gas • • 0 0 0 all
Kreosote 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Kreosote Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Lead acetate (lead sugar) Pb(CH3C00)2 100 Kp • • 3 3 2 X, Xc
Lead arsenate Pb(As04)2 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Linseed oil 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Linseed oil 100 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Magnesium sulphate MgSO4 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Magnesium sulphate MgSO4 Kp • • 1 1 0 all
Manganous chloride MnCl2 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Manganous chloride MnCl2 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Mercury Hg 20 • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Mercury (II) chloride HgCl2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Mercury (II) nitrate Hg(NO3)2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Methyl alcohol CH3OH 20 • • all
Methyl alcohol CH3OH Kp • • all
Methylene chloride CH2Cl2 20
Methylene chloride CH2Cl2 Kp
M.E.K (Butanone) CH3COC2H5 Kp
Milk of lime Ca(OH)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Milk of lime Ca(OH)2 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Milk • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025
1.0619
1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Natrium acetate CH3COONa 20 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Natural gas • • 1 0 0 all
Nitric acid HNO3 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 40 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 40 Kp • xx 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 konz. 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 konz. Kp • 3 2 1 X, Xc
Nitrogen N2 • • 0 0 0 all
Oils (lubricating oils, mineral) 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Oils (vegetable) 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Oleic acid C17H33COOH • • 0 0 0 all
Oxalic acid COOHCOOH • • 2 2 8 X, Xc
Oxygen 02 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Penthyl acetate CH3COOC5H11 • • 0 0 0 all
Petroleum ether 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Phenol C6H5OH • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Potassium acetate CH3COOK Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium dichromate K2Cr2O7 25 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium dichromate K2Cr2O7 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, XC
Potassium hydrogenartrate COOH(CHOH) 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydrogenartrate (at 100 o, 2COOK Kp • • – – 1 X, Xc
sat.sol.) COOH(CHOH)
2COOK
Potassium carbonate K2CO3 50 20 • • 1 0 0 all
Potassium carbonate (potash) K2CO3 Kp • • 1 0 0 all
Potassium chlorate KCIO3 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
(at 100 o, sat.sol.)
Potassium chromium sulphate KCr(SO4)212H2O 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium chromium sulphate (chro- KCr(SO4)212H2O Kp • • – – 3
mic alum) KOH 25 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 25 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 50 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 50 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydroxyde KOCI 20 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Potassium hydrochlorite KOCI 40 • • 2 2 1 X. Xc
Potassium hydrochlorite up to 20.g KJ Kp • • 2 2 0 Xc
akt. Cl2/l KJ • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Potassium iodide KNO3 20 0 0 0 all
Potassium iodide KNO3 Kp 2 2 0 X, Xc
Potassium nitrate KMnO4 20 0 0 0 all
Potassium nitrate KMnO4 Kp 3 3 0 X, Xc
Potassium permanganaet
Potassium cyanide solution KCN 5 20 • 5) • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Propane C 3H 8 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Salicylic acid C6H4OHCOOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Salpeter • • 0 0 0 all
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025
1.0619
1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Sea water 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sea water Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Silicone oil • • 0 0 0 all
Soap • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium carbonate Na2CO3 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium carbonate Na2CO3 Kp • • 1 1 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 20 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 35 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 35 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sodium sulphate Na2SO4 • • 0 0 0 all
Sole NaCl 20 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Spinbath (up to 10% H2SO4) 80 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Starch solution • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Steam (water vapour) • • 0 0 0 all
5)
Stearic acid C17H35 COOH • • 2 2 0 X, Xc

Sugar 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Sugar 80 • • 1 1 0 all
Sulphite lye (fresh cooking liquor, Ca(HSO3)2 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
spent liquor)
Sulphite lye (fresh cooking liquor, Ca(HSO3)2 80 • • – – 0 X, Xc
spent liquor)
Sulphur dioxide SO2 • •x 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulphurous acid (cold) sat.sol. H2SO3 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 1 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 90 20 • • 1 1 0
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 konz. 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Tannic acid C76H52O46 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Tannic acid C76H52O46 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Tannic acid C76H52O46 50 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Tar (neutral) 180 • • 1 1 0 III, VII, X, Xc
Tartaric acid (CHOHCOOH)2 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Toluol C6H5CH3 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Trichlorethylene C2HCI3 • • 1 1 0 all
Turpentine oil 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Urea (NH2)2CO 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Water (fresh-a.drinking water) H 2O • • 0 0 0 all
Water vapour <.140 °C • • 0 0 0 VII, VIII
Water vapour >.140 °C • • 0 0 0 VII, VIII
Water glass (K- and Na-silicate) K2SiO3Na2HCI3 • • 0 0 0 all
Xylene C6H4(CH3)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all
1) Piston and piston shaft in 1.4404 (please specify rings. Please state the type of medium and the tem- 4) All ferrous materials are resistant to hydrogen; it is
when ordering). perature range. Cast iron is chemically resistant to pointed out, however, that hydrogen diffuses through
2) Discoloration may occur. heat transfer media but, in view of the ability of these cast iron and can cause embrittlement.
3) With heat-transfer media please inquire in our media to penetrage the pores, it is not recommended 5) 150 °C
Gumpoldskirchen factory regarding choice of valve
Types of KVN valves
KVN 10.–.50, VIII cast steel KVNB 65.–.200, VIII cast steel
KVN 65.–.150, III cast iron KVN 10.–.50, Xc stainless steel
KVMN 1/2 – 2 , III cast iron KVN ANSI, VIII cast steel
Security over years
KLINGER product range
Product range
Liquid level gauges

for steam boiler and process applica-
tion
Reflex and transparent gauges
Piston valves Circular sight-glasses

made of grey cast iron, nodular cast
iron, steel and stainless cast steel AB cocks
Packing-sleeve cocks and pressure-
gauge cocks in brass, steel and stain-
less steel
Key role
Link
Innovation
Navigation
Growth
Efficiency
Routine
Water Level
Gauges
AB12 Bronze
Water Gauge Cocks
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Manufactured in Australia
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
_______________________________________________________
Sleeve-Packed Water Gauge Cocks
AB12 Bronze Klinger Sleeve-Packed Shut off Cocks. These are standard pattern Klinger Gauge shut-off
mounts for boilers operating up to 260 PSI (1800 kpa) saturated steam and are available only in a cast finish
with the following standard vessel connections.
Flanged 114 x 15mm undrilled F/F. Screwed 20mm BSP Male (Locking nut
AB12 BR Shut off mount with flanged connections; available).
R/H or L/H AB12 BR Shut off mounts with screwed
With this unit safety shut off balls are fitted to the top connections; R/H and L/H operation
and bottom gauge mount assemblies. In the top A single safety shut off ball is fitted to the bottom
mount assembly the safety shut off ball is located at gauge mount assembly and can be removed or
the back of the flanges and can be removed or examined by unscrewing the cleaning plug
examined by unscrewing the ball retainer plug (P/No.16). No safety ball is fitted to the top gauge
(P/No.28). The safety ball in the bottom gauge mount assembly.
assembly is located in the stuffing box head and
examination or removal of the safety ball can be Please note: Screwed 15mm BSP Male connection
performed by unscrewing the cleaning plug (P/No. is available only on request and is subject to
16). machining charges at cost of turning down
connections from 20mm BSP Male to 15mm Male
Please note: The AB12 BR Double Ball Flanged connections.
gauge mount has DLI (VIC) approval for use on
unattended boilers
IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O .P E R M A T E R IA L IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O .P E R M A T E R IA L IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O . P E R M A T E R IA L
SET SET SET
1 TO P C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 14 G LA N D B U S H 2 B R O N ZE 27 LO C K N U T (E X T R A ) 2 B R O N ZE
2 B O TTO M C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 15 P A C K IN G R IN G 2 K LIN G E R A S T IC O N LY F LA N G E D M O U N T S
3 D R A IN C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 16 C LE A N IN G P LU G 2 B R O N ZE 28 R E T A IN E R P LU G 2 B R O N ZE
4 P LU G 3 S T A IN LE S S S T E E L 17 S A F E T Y B A LL 1 PHO SPHO R B R O N ZE 29 D R A IN C O C K B U S H 1 B R O N ZE
5 N EC K B U SH 3 B R O N ZE 18 T A IL P IP E 1 B R A SS 30 B O T T O M IN G R IN G 1 B R O N ZE
6 T IG H T E N IN G N U T 3 B R O N ZE 19 U N IO N N U T 1 B R O N ZE 31 1 2 m m S A F E T Y B A LL 2 PHO SPHO R B R O N ZE
7 P A C K IN G S LE E V E A B 1 2 3 K LIN G E R IT 20 G LA S S T U B E 1 B O R O S ILIC A T E G LA S S
8 H A N D LE 3 B R O N ZE 21 T O P P R O T E C T O R P LA T E 1 B R O N ZE
9 T U B E C LE A N IN G P LU G 1 B R O N ZE 22 B O T T O M P R O T E C T O R P LA T E 1 B R O N ZE
10 C O N ES 2 K LIN T E R A S T IC 23 P R O JE C T O R G LA S S 3 T O U G H E N E D P LA T E G LA S S
11 G LA N D N U T 2 B R O N ZE 24 JO IN T 6 K LIN G E R 'S T A T IT E '
12 G LA N D R IN G 2 B R O N ZE 25 P R O JE C T O R R O D 4 B R A SS
13 D E LE T E D 26 LO C K IN G S C R E W 1 B R A SS
Tubular Glass Type Level Gauge
______________________________________________________
AB12 Bronze Klinger Gauge shut off mounts can
be fitted with a variety of level gauges with the
Gauge Glass Protectors
most common being the tubular gauge glass As shown on Page 2. Three-pane glass protectors are
type. available in either plate or armoured glass. Additionally,
Tubular gauge glasses are available in 20mm, wire rod protectors can be supplied.
16mm, 13mm outside diameter. Fitting of the (Please note: Protectors are non-stick items as vessel
various sizes of glass tubes is easily effected by centre variations prevent stocking of particular sizes.)
simply fitting a gauge glass cone (P/No. 10) of the When ordering gauge glass protectors, quote the type of
corresponding size. protector required, actual vessel centres, dimensions of
Klingerlastic rings can be supplied if required and stuffing box, tightening nuts and type of Klinger mount.
are recommended for low pressure applications. They must suit as no return or refunds are possible.
For sizing the glass tube length, use vessel
centres less 45mm. Reflex Level Gauge type R100
Alternatives to Glass Tubes with AB12 Gauge Mounts
and Protectors
Compared to the relatively short service of glass
tubes, the Klinger R100 Reflex Level Gauges can
provide cost effective alternatives to the glass
tube range. For more complete details, a
separate catalogue is available. When using
R100 gauges special graphite rings are
recommended.
S iz e C . to c . L e n g th o f V is ib le L e n g th o f W e ig h t*
d is ta n c e body le n g th g la s s R 100
M m in K S G kg
III 330 178 143 165 1 1 .9
IV 335 203 168 190 1 2 .4
V 385 233 198 220 1 3 .3
VI 415 263 228 250 1 4 .3
V II 445 293 258 280 1 4 .6
V III 485 333 298 320 1 5 .8
IX 505 353 318 340 1 6 .3
* A p p ro x . w e ig h t in c lu d e s A B 1 2 F la n g e d G a u g e C o c ks Note: Pressure vessel codes may require minimum sight length.
Commissioning and
Maintenance Instructions
____________________________ __________________________
AB12 Gauge Mounts
Commissioning
1. With the top and bottom gauge mounts shut,
open the drain cock then crack the top mount to
allow a small flow of steam to pass through the
gauge until it is thoroughly warmed.
2. Close the drain cock, allowing the resulting
condensate to gradually fill the gauge.
3. Open the bottom gauge mount fully.
4. During the warming up period the gauge glass
seals and joint will settle and it is therefore
essential to follow up the Stuffing Box tightening
nut (P/No. 11) and packing sleeve tightening - Loosen the tightening bolts and remove all
nuts. The top and bottom mounts should be in component pieces.
open position during this operation. - Clean the sealing and cushion surfaces very
Procedure for removing Gauge Glass Tube carefully, making sure that they are clear of
1. Isolate gauge from the source of pressure. any remnants of joints.
2. Relieve gauge of internal pressure. - Smear the threads with a thin layer of anti-seize
3. Loosen stuffing box tightening nuts. grease.
4. Remove gauge glass tube cleaning plug
5. Remove gauge tube through the top mount Reassembling
assembly. - Fit in a new glass with new joints (never re-use
joints which have already been in service!)
To reassemble, reverse the above procedure. - Re-assemble all the components in the right
(Please note: It is always advisable to replace the sequence. Tighten the bolts thoroughly.
Klingerlastic seals). - Never grip the level gauge body in a vice during
_____________________________ the reassembling, but put it on a plane
Reflex Level Gauges surface.
- Never use adhesive or hermetic mastics.
Service Maintenance
Remember that all surfaces must be perfectly
- After the level gauge is first put into service, or after clean.
change of glass once the level gauge has
reached its normal operating temperature and Spare Parts
pressure, carefully compress the glass joints by - When ordering spare parts, please state:
following up the tightening bolts. Working at i. type and style of level gauge
opposite sides alternately, starting from the ii. item number of the spare part,
middle. THIS MUST BE REPEATED SEVERAL as shown on the above list
TIMES WITHIN THE FIRST HOURS, and in case iii. construction material.
any sign of leaks should appear. - As regards reflex glasses and their joints, please
- If perfect sealing cannot be obtained in this way it will remember that each level gauge is fitted with
be necessary to replace the joints and eventually one reflex glass type “B” (section: 34 x
the glass too. 17mm), the size of which suits the gauge
Dismantling body size.
- Shut off the cocks and remove the level gauge body
from the cocks.
Sealing the Future

_________________________________________________________
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves
that products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe
rights belonging to other parties. In any event or occurrence our liability is limited to our invoice value of the goods delivered by us to you. We reserve the right to change product design
and properties without notice.
Magnetic Level Gauges
Instrumentation Division
> Immediate and accurate response to level
changes, giving clear and sharp legibility.
> Continuous indication of liquid level.
The well proven TC Klinger Magnetic > Local and remote display.
> Point switching facilities.
Level Gauge is particularly suitable for
> Robust, shockproof and completely sealed
for safety.
duties where dangerous and toxic liquids
> No leakage to atmosphere.
or gases are involved and where the > Particularly suitable for dangerous or toxic
fluids.
following features, benefits and options > Ideal for liquid interface applications.
are required:- > Powerful omni-direction magnet system –

guide-free float.
> Display can be rotated through 360o
irrespective of float position.
> Automatic float warning.
> High pressure capability – up to 200 bar
unvented.
> High temperature capability – standard up
to 400oC.
> Standard SG range 0.4 – 2.2
> Unlimited length.
> Top mounted options.
> PTFE/PFA lined, PP, PVDF and uPVC versions.
> Simple to engineer and easy to install.
> Eliminates preventive maintenance.
> An economical alternative to:-
Conventional level gauges and other level
measuring systems.
> Display unit protection IP67.
Design Considerations Operation

Magnetic Level Gauges, depend not only on the The TC Klinger Magnetic gauge is designed so that the
integrity of the chamber but also on the float design liquid being measured is enclosed within a sealed
and the ability to satisfy all design parameters, ie. chamber.
specific gravity, pressure and temperature, without A stainless steel, titanium or plastic float fitted with a
compromising the magnetic linkage to the display and permanent omni-directional magnet moves freely inside
associated controls. Many competitive systems the chamber and actuates the magnetic wafers within
sacrifice display performance by using smaller and the indicator. As the float rises or falls with the liquid
weaker magnet systems to achieve low SG and higher level each wafer rotates 180o and so presents a
pressures, invariably with detrimental effect. Others contrasting colour. Those wafers above the float show
use guided and vented floats to achieve the same white, whilst those level and below show red – the
result, which again can prove limiting and indicator then presents a clearly defined and accurate
troublesome. level of the liquid in the chamber.
The Advantages Of The System The wafers resist accidental disturbance

The system, built on many years experience, has taken (e.g. vibration) due to their edge magnetisation
all these factors into consideration and designed out and mutual attraction.
these problem areas. This unique system uses a
patented ferrite moulded wafer system, which
combined with a sealed guide-free float carrying a
powerful omni-directional magnet system, provides To complement the range, the Magnetic Gauge can be
ultimate performance and reliability, even under the supplied with Alarm Switches or Transmitter and
most severe conditions. Controller to remotely display the liquid level.
2
STANDARD DESIGN
(see enquiry form for other options) ‘X’
‘T’
‘S’ SIGHT
‘M’ CRS
‘U’
OMNI
■ Features and Benefits DIRECTIONAL
MAGNET
SYSTEM
> Indicator Aluminium or Stainless Steel outer housing can be
assembled to any length and mounted to suit the best viewing
position.
> Coloured Wafers 25mm wide, red and white (or green, red and
yellow) remain magnetically locked in the vertical position until NON GUIDED SYSTEM
disturbed by the greater magnetic force of the float magnet.
> Automatic Float Warning The wafers at the bottom of the

indicator are mounted with their colours reversed. Should the CHAMBER
ALUMINIUM OR
float reach that level, they again present a sharp, immediately STAINLESS STEEL
INDICATOR
readable indication of float failure.
> Sealed Float of reinforced stainless steel, titanium or corrosion

resistant plastic.
> Sealed Chamber fabricated from stainless steel tubing.

COLOURED
> Interface The gauge is ideally suited for measuring liquid WAFERS
SEALED GUIDE
FREE FLOAT
interfaces. Floats are available with a variety of specific gravities
to suit the liquids being monitored.
> Point Switches Switches can be fitted on the gauge at any level
and so provide signals at high, low and intermediate points.
AUTOMATIC
> Transmission and Monitoring for Remote Display Can be WARNING
offered as a complete original equipment package or retro-fitted
to an existing Magnetic Gauge.
> Versatility The simple concept of the Magnetic Gauge allows for
flexible design to adapt to a variety of installation needs. Gauges
can be manufactured to an almost unlimited length and in any
configuration.
3
Magnetic Level Gauge SWITCHES
Simple Latching Operation Suitable for IS Circuits with Approved Barriers

Readily Adjustable Explosion Proof Designs
0.5 to 6 Amp Options Micro Switch and Inductive proximity Options
TC Klinger Magnetic Gauge switches, attached to the side of the chamber

can be used to provide a variety of alarm functions. The range comprises of
three basic types, DR2, DR3 and DR8 (BGUV) series for a low cost solution
on temperatures up to 150OC, with connection via a flying lead - available in
non-hazardous, intrinsically safe and explosion proof options. The DR4
(STMU) for high temperature applications in non-hazardous environments
(with inductive proximity variants) and the DR6 (MDA) for explosion proof Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)
applications, plus heavy duty switching via microswitch operation.
Other options are available on request including:-

> Special variants for switching in control circuits for PLC’s
> NAMUR Circuit options to DIN 50227
> Pneumatic operation
Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)

Contact Reed Contact
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC LATCHING CHANGEOVER
Cable Connection 3 metre silicon (longer on request) BLUE (1)
(Junction Box available on request)
Housing Stainless Steel BROWN (2)
Housing Protection IP65 (IP68 EExd version)
BLACK (3)
Marking DR3 Non Hazardous - None
DR2 Intrinsically Safe - II 1G EEx ia IIC T3-T6 Type DR4 (STMU)
DR8 Explosion Proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T3-T6
LCIE 01 ATEX 6047X
Type DR4 (STMU)

Contact Reed Contact (Latching Rocker Arm)
230V DC, 30W, 0.5AMP
Max.Temperature 380OC LATCHING CHANGEOVER
Cable Connection M20 Entry BLUE (1)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Red)
Housing Protection IP65 BROWN (2)
(Note - Inductive Proximity Version available on request) BLACK (3)
Type DR6 (MDA)
Type DR6 (MDA)

230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC
Cable Connection 1 x M20 entry (2 plugged 3/4" NPT)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Grey)
Housing Protection IP66
Marking Explosion proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T5 - T6
LCIE 02 ATEX 6056 LATCHING CHANGEOVER
BLUE (1)
(Note - Micro switch option available - up to 6amp capacity)

BROWN (2)
BLACK (3)
4
Magnetic Level Gauge TRANSMITTERS
INTEGRAL HEAD
ELECTRONICS Liquid Level Transmitter
WITH M20 CABLE
CONNECTIONS KTX.IS (Intrinsically Safe)
* II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4-T6 KEMA 01 ATEX 1052X
KTX.EXD (Explosion Proof)
II 2G EEx d IIC T4-T6 LCIE 03 ATEX 6155
> Two wire 4-20mA current loop.

TRANSMITTER
> Resolution 5mm, 10mm, 20mm Standard.
> Remote display and control.
> Transmits up to 6Km.
> No media contact.
* > Simple application.

> Can be retro-fitted.
> Cost effective level measuring system.
> Approved EEx ia IIC T4-T6, EEx d IIC T4-T6.
> Low cost Non Approved version.
> HART ® - Protocol (optional).
> PROFIBUS® PA (optional).
KTX TRANSMITTER > FOUNDATIONTM FIELDBUS (optional).
* Alternative Mounting
The transmitter is attached to the side of the magnetic level gauge chamber
where it senses the position of the float. It can be supplied as an original
equipment package or retro-fitted to an existing magnetic gauge, without
interrupting the process.
The transmitter consists of a sensor tube containing a series of reed switches

and resistors and an electronic circuit contained within a connection head,
which can be supplied orientated to suit any gauge configuration or cable
45mm
MIN
arrangement.
*
As the float rises and falls within the gauge chamber the corresponding reed
switch closes altering the circuit resistance, this resistance is converted into a
4-20mA output signal by the electronic circuit.
The transmitter is approved intrinsically safe to EEx ia IIC T4-T6 when used
with approved barriers.
For explosion proof duty approved to EEx d IIC T4-T6.
■ Specification
Supply voltage 10-30Vdc. Polarity protected
* Output 4-20mA (profiled optional)
Float warning - Default Signal
Connections via epoxy coated aluminium head mounted junction box
with M20 cable entry
Protection IP65
Lengths to suit magnetic level gauge
Stainless Steel headshell option
FLANGED END CONNECTED For enquiry information: Refer to Separate Order Form
ARRANGEMENT
5
■ Specification
STANDARD MATERIALS
Body: Austenitic stainless

steel to suit
customers
requirements.
Flanges: Austenitic stainless

or carbon steel
depending upon
application.
Float: Austenitic stainless
steel, titanium or
corrosion resistant
plastic.
Display Housing: Aluminium Alloy

6063T6 or
Stainless Steel Clad.
RATINGS Process Pressures
up to 200 bar
(2900 psi).
Saturated Steam
pressure up to
110 bar.
Temperatures up
to 400oC.
Higher temperatures
on application.
SPECIAL CHAMBER MATERIAL

Alloy 825, Titanium, Hasteloy, Sanicro
28/Duplex, Monel 400.
Others on request.
■ Approvals
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE
97/23/EC CATEGORY IV
Type Approval COV 0312119/TEC
Module B
Certificate of Conformity COV 0312785/01
Module D
II 1/2Gc T2-T6 KEMA 02 ATEX2106X
Note: this approval is not available on
all options, contact design office for
information.
DISTRIBUTED BY
TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division Unit 49A, Victoria Industrial Park,
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Victoria Road, Dartford, Kent DA1 5AJ
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488. Telephone: +44 (0)1322 622400
Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
03/04/2
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487.

e-mail: energy@tc-fluidcontrol.com e-mail: instruments@tc-fluidcontrol.com
web site: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com website: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com
6
Magnetic Level Gauge
Magnetic Level Gauge SWITCHES
Simple Latching Operation Suitable for IS Circuits with Approved Barriers

Readily Adjustable Explosion Proof Designs
0.5 to 6 Amp Options Micro Switch and Inductive proximity Options
TC-Klinger Magnetic Gauge switches, attached to the side of the chamber

can be used to provide a variety of alarm functions. The range comprises of
three basic types, DR2, DR3 and DR8 (BGUV) series for a low cost solution
on temperatures up to 150OC, with connection via a flying lead - available in
non-hazardous, intrinsically safe and explosion proof options. The DR4
(STMU) for high temperature applications in non-hazardous environments
(with inductive proximity variants) and the DR6 (MDA) for explosion proof
applications, plus heavy duty switching via microswitch operation. Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)
Other options are available on request including:-

> Special variants for switching in control circuits for PLC’s
> NAMUR Circuit options to DIN 50227
> Pneumatic operation
Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)

230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Cable Connection 3 metre silicon (longer on request)
LATCHING CHANGEOVER
(Junction Box available on request)
BLUE (1)
Housing Stainless Steel
Housing Protection IP65 (IP68 EExd version)
BROWN (2)
Marking DR3 Non Hazardous - None
DR2 Intrinsically Safe - II 1G EEx ia IIC T3-T6 BLACK (3)
DR8 Explosion Proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T3-T6 Type DR4 (STMU)

LCIE 01 ATEX 6047X
Type DR4 (STMU)

Contact Reed Contact (Latching Rocker Arm)
230V DC, 30W, 0.5AMP
Cable Connection M20 Entry
Housing Aluminium (Coated Red) LATCHING CHANGEOVER
Housing Protection IP65 BLUE (1)
(Note - Inductive Proximity Version available on request) BROWN (2)
BLACK (3)
Type DR6 (MDA) Type DR6 (MDA)

230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Cable Connection 1 x M20 entry (2 plugged 3/4" NPT)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Grey)
Housing Protection IP66
Marking Explosion proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T4 - T6
LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
(Note - Micro switch option available - up to 6amp capacity) LATCHING CHANGEOVER
BLUE (1)
BROWN (2)
BLACK (3)
Trouvay & Cauvin Trouvay & Cauvin Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division Marlowe House, 109 Station Road, Sidcup,
Kent, DA15 7ET.
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488. Telephone: +44 (0)20 8308 1888
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487. Fax: +44 (0)20 8302 8145
e-mail: tc@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk e-mail: sales.kfi@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
web site: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk website: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
Magnetic Level Gauge
Magnetic Level Gauge TRANSMITTERS
INTEGRAL HEAD
ELECTRONICS
WITH M20 CABLE
CONNECTIONS Liquid Level Transmitter
KTX.IS (Intrinsically Safe)
*
II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4-T6 KEMA 01 ATEX 1052X
KTX.EXD (Explosion Proof)
II 2G EEx d IIC T4-T6 LCIE 03 ATEX 6155

TRANSMITTER > Two wire 4-20mA current loop.
> Resolution 5mm, 10mm, 20mm Standard.
> Remote display and control.
> Transmits up to 6Km.
> No media contact.
* > Simple application.
> Can be retro-fitted.
> Cost effective level measuring system.
> Approved EEx ia IIC T4-T6, EEx d IIC T4-T6.
> Low cost Non Approved version.
> HART ® - Protocol (optional).
KTX TRANSMITTER The transmitter is attached to the side of the magnetic level gauge chamber
* Alternative Mounting
where it senses the position of the float. It can be supplied as an original
equipment package or retro-fitted to an existing magnetic gauge, without
interrupting the process.
The transmitter consists of a sensor tube containing a series of reed switches
and resistors and an electronic circuit contained within a connection head,
which can be supplied orientated to suit any gauge configuration or cable
arrangement.
45mm
MIN
As the float rises and falls within the gauge chamber the corresponding reed
* switch closes altering the circuit resistance, this resistance is converted into a
4-20mA output signal by the electronic circuit.
The transmitter is approved intrinsically safe to EEx ia IIC T4-T6 when used
with approved barriers.
For explosion proof duty approved to EEx d IIC T4-T6.
■ Specification
Supply voltage 10-30Vdc. Polarity protected
Output 4-20mA (profiled optional)
* Float warning - Default Signal
Connections via epoxy coated aluminium head
mounted junction box with M20 cable entry
Protection IP65
Lengths to suit magnetic level gauge
Stainless Steel headshell option
For enquiry information: Refer to Separate Order Form

FLANGED END CONNECTED
ARRANGEMENT
07/03/1
Trouvay & Cauvin Trouvay & Cauvin Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division Marlowe House, 109 Station Road, Sidcup,
Kent, DA15 7ET.
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488. Telephone: +44 (0)20 8308 1888
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487. Fax: +44 (0)20 8302 8145
e-mail: tc@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk e-mail: sales.kfi@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
web site: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk website: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
MAGNETIC LEVEL GAUGES
Magnetic
Enquiry Form Level Gauge
1 2
PLEASE FAX TO: +61 8 9350 9286 01322 285660
PHOTOCOPY THIS PAGE FOR RE-USE
Customer: ..................................................................................................................................
Customer Ref: ...........................................................................................................................
Contact: .....................................................................................................................................
Tel. No: ........................................................... Fax No: .........................................................
DUTY
Qty of Gauges ............................................. Operating Pressure .....................................
Fluid Description ......................................... Operating Temperature ............................... Flanged
Standard Arrangement Vent and
Fluid S.G. .................................................... Design Pressure .......................................... Side/Back Connected Drain
Interface ...................................................... Design Temperature ....................................
3 4
SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Connection ......................................❏ Size and Rating ............................................
Screwed Connections .................................❏ Thread Size ...................................................
Centre to Centre or Face to Face .............................................................................................
Visible Lengths ............................................ U Restriction .................................................
Display ..........................Aluminium ❏ Stainless Steel Outer Housed ❏
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Switches ......................................................❏ Number .........................................................
Transmitter ...................................................❏
Length ............................................................. Resolution 20mm ❏ 10mm ❏ 5mm ❏
Screwed Side/Back via
Approved .....................................................❏ Non Approved ..........................................❏ Side & Top Connected Union Connections
Intrinsically Safe ...........................................❏ Explosion Proof .........................................❏

EExia ..................................❏ EExd .................................❏ 5 6
Area Classification .....................................................................................................................

Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................(Temp etc)
Baragraph Indicator ..................................................................................................................
Power Supply ............................................................................................................................
CONFIGURATION Please refer to diagrams 1- 8 opposite and specify

Arrangement required .................................. If Top Mounted (7) Specify ......................❏
...................................................................... Overall Vessel Depth ...................................
...................................................................... Maximum Level ...........................................
MATERIALS
PVDF, PP,
Gauge ..............................................S/St ❏ Standard Paint Finish ..............................❏ uPVC
All Butt Magnetic
Flanges ................C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ North Sea Paint .......................................❏ Welded Gauge
Shut Off ................C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ Steam Heating .........................................❏

Type ..........................................................❏ Insulation Jacket ......................................❏ 7 8
Drain/Vent ............C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ Non Frost Block .......................................❏

Shut Off Type ........................................... ❏ Graduated Scale .....................................❏
Standard Finish Natural ...................S/St ❏
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS NOTES

Specify .........................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
Top PVDF/
Mounted PFA
Gauge Lined
TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division Gauge
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487. Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
LEVEL TRANSMITTER & FLOAT SWITCHES
Immersion
Transmitter Enquiry Form
& Switches
PLEASE FAX TO +61 8 9350 9286
01322 285660
PHOTOCOPY THIS PAGE FOR RE-USE
Customer: ..................................................................................................................................
Customer Ref: ...........................................................................................................................
Contact: .....................................................................................................................................
Tel. No: ........................................................... Fax No: .........................................................
DUTY Please fill in the boxes provided

Qty of Transmitters/Switches ..................................................
Fluid Description .....................................................................
75mm
WELDED
CONNECTION
Fluid S.G. ................................................................................
Interface .......................❏ Range of SG’s ......................❏
Upper SG ................................. Lower SG ............................ NO length 1
60mm
MIN
Operating Pressure .................................................................
Operating Temperature ........................................................... NC mm
Design Pressure ......................................................................

Design Temperature ................................................................
NO length 2
SPECIFICATIONS
Overall mm
Flange Connection ..............................................................❏
NC
mm
Size and Rating ...................................................................... Length
Screwed Connections .........................................................❏
NO length 3
Thread Size .............................................................................
Vessel Depth ........................................................................... NC mm
Effective Measuring Length ..................................................... FLOAT
STOPS
NO length 4
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
mm
Switches ..............................................................................❏
NC
Number (1-4) ...........................................................................

Transmitter ...........................................................................❏
60mm
MIN
Resolution 20mm ❏ 10mm ❏ 5mm ❏

Non Approved .....................................................................❏
Approved .............................................................................❏ FLOAT SWITCHES
Intrinsically Safe (EExia) ......................................................❏ Operational Float Switch Positions
Explosion Proof (EExd) ....................................................... ❏ Specify S1-S4 Dimensions
Area Classification .....................................................................................................................
Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................(Temp etc)
Baragraph Indicator ..................................................................................................................
Power Supply ............................................................................................................................
NOTES
03/04/2
TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division

Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487. Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
Compression Packing
5
E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU
KLINGER 10
A combination of acrylic yarn and PTFE
®
lubrication, producing an economic yet

versatile synthetic packing, well suited to
general service in pumps and valves.
K10 is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development Its low coefficient of friction
extensive products in the in line with the KLINGER ensures easy operation and
KLINGER pump and valve service and quality philosophy actuation of any valve or
sealing range. The range will ensure improved pump, without detrimental
includes compression performance in your pump and stem or shaft wear.
packings, moulded sets, low valve applications
emission sets and specialised The PTFE dispersion
products. The base yarn of K10 is spun improves the chemical
from carefully selected acrylic resistance of acrylic fibre
This is an optimised range filaments. To this we add a allowing it to effectively seal
introduced to provide users controlled amount of PTFE the majority of chemical
with gland sealing products dispersion producing a media commonly found
that meet today’s demanding packing that is ideally suited within today’s industrial
services, offering effective and for general pump and valve environments.
trouble-free sealing during use.
application. To achieve this Water Research Council
goal we have selected the The Klingerlock construction approval allows the packing
best materials and the best ensures a firm yet to be used in potable water
production methods. conformable packing that applications.
The result is the KLINGER requires little adjustment after
pump and valve sealing range. the initial installation.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K10 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities
When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the undernoted values apply:
Q Minimum operating temperature -1000C
Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C
Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C
Q pH 2-12
Q Maximum static pressure 100 bar
Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar
Q Maximum rotary speed 10 m/s
Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 20 bar
Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s
Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Technical Advice Forms of Supply
If you require additional technical information KLINGER pump and valve

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a compression packings are
particular application, then contact our offered in a range of
Technical Department at the address shown. standardised packages:
It is advantageous to provide the following
details: Size:
3mm to 25mm
1. Type of valve or pump Length:
2. Working and test pressure 8 metres per box
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase Alternative lengths and weights
5. Medium and concentration can be offered upon request,
6. Operating speed please contact KLINGER for
7. Special requirements further details.
8. Details of stuffing box design
K10 is suitable for use as a
general valve and pump
packing, for example:-
Water Industry
Distilleries
Steam Industry
Breweries
Food Industry
Pharmaceutical Industries
Agriculture
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991913 ISS.A
&
UMP
P
E R
I NG
KL ING
F
O CK
E
G PA
N E
RA ALV
E D V
IS
I M
O PT
KLINGER 13 DL
A combination of flax fibre and specialised DOULON® lubricant.
®
Producing an economic packing well suited to pump slurries, slime

and sand service and marine applications.
K13DL is constructed from The low coefficient of K13DL is only one of the
a traditional Flax fibre friction of the DOULON® extensive products in the
uniquely impregnated lubricant ensures easy KLINGER pump and valve
during manufacture with our operation and actuation sealing range. The range
DOULON® and mineral of any valve or pump, includes compression
lubricants. without detrimental stem packings, moulded sets, low
or shaft wear. emission sets and
As Flax fibres are specialised products.
particularly strong and have Klingerlock construction
good resistance to water ensures a firm yet This is an optimised range
rot, especially salt water, conformable packing that introduced to provide users
this packing is suitable for requires little adjustment with gland sealing products
centrifugal and after the initial installation that meet today’s
reciprocating pumps with long life. demanding services,
handling slimes and slurries offering effective and
which are mildly corrosive. K13DL is suitable for use trouble-free sealing during
K13DL will not harden or as a general, and in some application. To achieve this
burn when used on high cases specialist, valve goal we have selected the
speed shafts due to the and pump packing in the best materials and the best
unique DOULON® Pulp & Paper, Mining, production methods.
compound lubricant. Marine, Agriculture, The result is the KLINGER
Sugar and Water pump and valve sealing
K13DL is the preferred industries. range.
compression packing for
Quality System
Stern tube and marine

application within the
Klinger range.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K13DL Compression Packing
product guidelines the under noted values apply:
Q Minimum operating temperature 00C
Q pH 4-9
Forms of Supply Technical Advice
KLINGER pump and valve If you require additional technical information

compression packings are or would like Klinger to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, then contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address shown.
Size: details:
3mm to 25mm
1. Type of valve or pump
Length: 2. Working and test pressure
8 metres per box 3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
Alternative lengths and weights 5. Medium and concentration
can be offered upon request, 6. Operating speed
please contact Klinger for 7. Special requirements
further details. 8. Details of stuffing box design
K13DL is especially suited as

a pump packing for slurries ,
slimes and sands and general
water (hot or cold)
applications.
ER®
G
LIN ING
K K
NE AC
I P
ENU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU
KLINGER 20 AF ®
A combination of high tech man made fibres and Klinger’s unique

DOULON® lubricant, producing an economic yet versatile synthetic
packing, well suited to general service in pumps and valves.
Ongoing Test & K20AF is ideally suited K20AF is only one of the
Development in line with the for use on Boiler Feed extensive products in the
KLINGER service and pumps, oil, hot or cold KLINGER pump and valve
quality philosophy has water, acids, alkalis and sealing range. The range
resulted in the development highly abrasive slurry includes compression
of this high performance, applications in the mining packings, moulded sets, low
and improved packing for industry. emission sets and
use on high speed pump specialised products.
and valve applications The DOULON® lubricant
improves the chemical This is an optimised range
The base yarn of K20AF is resistance of acrylic and introduced to provide users
spun from carefully selected glass fibres allowing it to with gland sealing products
acrylic and glass filaments. effectively seal the that meet today’s
To this we add our unique majority of chemical demanding services,
DOULON® lubricant. media commonly found offering effective and
The Klingerlock within today’s industrial trouble-free sealing during
construction ensures a firm environments. application. To achieve this
yet conformable packing goal we have selected the
that requires little K20AF is ideally suited best materials and the best
adjustment after the initial for use in the Pulp & production methods.
installation. Paper, Sugar, Mining, The result is the KLINGER
Steam, Agriculture and pump and valve sealing
The low coefficient of Water industries. range.
Quality System
friction of the DOULON®

lubricant ensures easy
operation and actuation of
any valve or pump, without
detrimental stem or shaft
wear. Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K20AF Compression Packing
Q pH 2-12
Technical Advice Forms of Supply
If you require additional technical information K20AF is available with a rubber

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a core. When supplied with a
particular application, then contact our rubber core, service temperature
Technical Department at the address shown. must be limited to 200°C.
details: KLINGER pump and valve
compression packings are offered
1. Type of valve or pump in a range of standardised
2. Working and test pressure packages:
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase Size:
5. Medium and concentration 3mm to 25mm
6. Operating speed Length:
7. Special requirements 8 metres per box
Alternative lengths and weights can
be offered upon request.
K20AF is suitable for use as a

general valve and pump packing,
for example:-
Water Industry
Steam Industry
Sugar Industry
Pulp & Paper
Mining
Agriculture
ER
G
LIN NG
K KI
E
U IN PAC
N E
GE ALV
R V
FO P &
K
AS PUM
KLINGER 25 ®
High strength aramid yarns KLINGERlock

braided to produce a packing for sealing
within extreme pumping applications –
rotary or reciprocating.
K25 is only one of the Ongoing test and The high tensile strength of
extensive products in the development in line with the the yarn resists the abrasive
KLINGER pump and valve KLINGER service and quality effects of suspended solids
sealing range. The range philosophy will ensure within fluids and also the
includes compression improved performance in shear effect of cold viscous
packings, moulded sets, low your pump and valve media.
emission sets and specialised applications
products. K25 is very temperature
K25 is manufactured from tolerant and can operate
This is an optimised range aramid yarns, to which we effectively within a wide
introduced to provide users add PTFE as a break-in range.
with gland sealing products lubricant. The Klingerlock
that meet today’s demanding braiding process is used. Additionally the packing has
services, offering effective and good chemical resistance
trouble-free sealing during The combination of the high and is unaffected by the
application. To achieve this we tensile strength of the aramid majority of severe chemical
have selected the best yarn and the Klingerlock media.
materials and the best construction ensures that
production methods. The K25 has excellent
result is the KLINGER pump dimensional stability and is
and valve sealing range. therefore resistant to
extrusion even in high stress
Quality System
rotary and reciprocating

pumps.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 2-12
speed simultaneously. For further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

compression packings are or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, please contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address shown.
Size: details:
3mm to 25mm
Length: 2. Working and test pressure
8 metres per box 3. Temperature - steady or cycling
Alternative lengths and weights 5. Medium and concentration
can be offered upon request. 6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
K25 is suitable for use as a 8. Details of stuffing box design
high performance pump
packing within many
industries, for example;
Pulp & Paper Mills

Mines & Quarries
Sewage Works
Steel Works
Refineries
ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
KLINGER 44 ®
A high purity, high performance, graphite
fibre packing for both valve and pump
applications.
K44 is only one of the Ongoing Test & The additional lubricant
extensive products in the Development in line with improves the packing’s
KLINGER pump and valve KLINGER’s service and overall capability in dynamic
sealing range. The range quality philosophy will ensure applications and also acts as
includes compression improved performance in a blocking agent to improve
packings, moulded sets, low your pump and valve sealing.
emission sets and specialised applications.
products. K44 will resist virtually all
K44 is produced from a high media over an extensive
This is an optimised range purity graphite yarn that range of pressures and
introduced to provide users KLINGER then lubricate with temperatures and is only
with gland sealing products a special dispersion. affected by the presence of
that meet today’s demanding Klingerlock braiding powerful oxidisers.
services, offering effective and produces a packing that is
trouble-free sealing during consistently dense with Although frequently
application. To achieve this excellent volumetric stability. employed on its own, the
goal we have selected the packing can be used as part
best materials and the best The result is an excellent of a specialised composite
production methods. graphite packing offering set in conjunction with either
The result is the KLINGER reliable sealing performance K3222 packing or K35 die-
pump and sealing range. in both valve and pump formed rings. Within these
applications. sets K44 acts as both
supporting anti-extrusion
Quality System
rings and wiper rings.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our product
guidelines the undernoted values apply:
Q Minimum operating Temperature -2000C
Q pH 0-14
Forms of Supply
K44 has been specially developed for
KLINGER pump and valve multipurpose use in all high temperature
packings are offered in a range and pressure valves and also within
of standardised packages: pumping applications:
Size: Chemical Plant & Chemical processing

3mm to 25mm Petrochemical Plants
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Boiler Houses
Alternative lengths and weights

can be offered upon request. Technical Advice
If you require additional technical information

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, then contact our
Technical Department at the address shown.
details:

2. Working and test pressure
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
KLINGER 54F ®
An excellent choice for plant wide use

especially when a clean, non-contaminating
packing is required with a high degree of
chemical resistance.
K54F is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development in PTFE is extremely resistant to a
extensive products in the line with the KLINGER service wide range of chemicals,
KLINGER pump and valve and quality philosophy will therefore packing volume loss
sealing range. The range ensure improved performance in as a result of chemical attack
includes compression your pump and valve applications does not readily occur.
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised K54F is manufactured from only Most glands that are packed
products. PTFE filaments. It is a clean non- with K54F need little adjustment
contaminating compression after the initial installation.
This is an optimised range packing. The special Klingerlock
introduced to provide users braiding process ensures a firm Water Research Council
with gland sealing products but flexible product of consistent potable water approval. BAM
that meet today’s demanding density. The resulting packing is approval for oxygen service in
services, offering effective and suitable for use in a wide range valves up to 20 bar pressure,
trouble-free sealing during of industries and processes. 600C for gaseous oxygen. For
application. To achieve this liquid oxygen there is no
goal we have selected the PTFE is self-lubricating and this limitation other than the general
best materials and the best property coupled with the limitations of the packing.
production methods. packing’s low coefficient of
The result is the KLINGER friction ensures easy operation
pump and valve sealing range. and actuation of any valve,
without stem wear.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K54F Compression Packing
Q pH 0-14

compression packings are or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, please contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address
shown.It is advantageous to provide the
Size: following details:
3mm to 25mm
Length: 1. Type of valve or pump e.g. gate etc.
8 metres per box 2. Working and test pressure
Alternative lengths and weights 4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
can be offered upon request. 5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
K54F is suitable for use as a 7. Special requirements
general valve packing within 8. Details of stuffing box design
the following:
Water Industry
Chemical Processing
Paper Mills
Food Production
Hospitals
Cryogenic Industries
Industrial Gases Plants
ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
KLINGER 54S ®
Economical dense PTFE fibre grade for general

plant use on pump and valve services to 2600C.
Excellent resistance to chemical attack.
K54S is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development PTFE is extremely resistant
extensive products in the in line with the KLINGER to a wide range of chemicals,
KLINGER pump and valve service and quality philosophy therefore packing volume
sealing range. The range will ensure improved loss as a result of chemical
includes compression performance in your pump and attack does not readily occur.
packings, moulded sets, low valve applications
emission sets and specialised Most glands that are packed
products. K54S is manufactured from with K54S need little
PTFE filaments and lubricant. adjustment after the initial
This is an optimised range The special Klingerlock installation.
introduced to provide users braiding process ensures a
with gland sealing products firm but flexible product of Water Research Council
that meet today’s demanding consistent density. The approval allows the packing
services, offering effective and resulting packing is suitable to be used in potable water
trouble-free sealing during for use in a wide range of applications.
application. To achieve this industries and processes.
goal we have selected the Due to its diverse capabilities
best materials and the best PTFE is self-lubricating and K54S offers the engineer a
production methods. The this property coupled with the packing that can cut
result is the KLINGER pump packing’s low coefficient of maintenance requirements
and valve sealing range. friction ensures easy operation and also reduce stock
and actuation of any valve,
Quality System
holdings.
without stem wear.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K54S Compression Packing
Q pH 0-14
Forms of Supply
Size: K54S is suitable for use as a

3mm to 25mm general pump and valve
packing within the following:
Length:
8 metres per box Water Industry
Chemical Processing
Alternative lengths and weights can be offered Paper Mills
upon request. Food Production
Hospitals
Cryogenic Industries
Technical Advice
Industrial Gases Plants
If you require additional technical information it
is advantageous to provide the following
details:
1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.

6. Operating speed
E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU
KLINGER 55
New generation, multi-service packing
®
for both pump & valve applications. PTFE

with encapsulated graphite providing
excellent sealing & reliability in high
performance duties.
K55 is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development in The graphite infusion
extensive products in the line with the KLINGER markedly improves the heat
KLINGER pump and valve service and quality philosophy will transfer properties of the
sealing range. The range ensure improved performance in packing. This allows it to be
includes compression your pump and valve applications used in dynamic applications
packings, moulded sets, low operating at high peripheral
emission sets and specialised K55 compression packing is speeds with extremely low
products. manufactured from PTFE leakage rates.
filaments, which have been
This is an optimised range specially treated to incorporate a Due to its wide service
introduced to provide users high quality graphite based capabilities K55 packing
with gland sealing products lubricant. The special Klingerlock offers the user a universal
that meet today’s demanding braiding process is used to packing material with
services, offering effective and produce a firm but flexible excellent sealing life. This
trouble-free sealing during packing. reduces the number of
application. To achieve this different packing grades that
goal we have selected the PTFE based, K55 has excellent must be held as stock.
best materials and the best chemical resistance and is
production methods. The compatible with the majority of K55 requires only minimal
result is the KLINGER pump industrial media including strong gland loading to effect a
and valve sealing range. acids, alkalis, oils and solvents. satisfactory seal.
Quality System
It is only affected by very strong

oxidisers, molten alkali metals and
Fluorine containing media.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 0-14
Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure
and speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact
technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply K55 is suitable for use as a high
performance valve and pump
Size: packing within many industries, for
3mm to 25mm example;
Length: Water Industry

8 metres per box Power Generation
Pulp & Paper Mills
Alternative lengths and weights General Factory Maintenance
can be offered upon request. Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing & Manufacturing
Refineries
Mining
Stern glands
Technical Advice

it is advantageous to provide the following
details:

6. Operating speed
G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
KLINGER 3222 ®
The cost-effective, high performance pump & valve

packing. Offering excellent sealing and reliability
for both Original Equipment Manufacturers and
plant users alike.
K3222 is only one of the K3222 is manufactured using Graphite is very resistant to
extensive products in the expanded graphite ribbons, to chemical attack and is an
KLINGER pump and valve produce a compression packing excellent steam grade.
sealing range. The range of square cross-section that is K3222 can be confidently
includes compression packings, fully flexible so that minimal used as a low emission
moulded sets, low emission sets gland pressure is required for an packing.
and specialised products. effective seal in pump
applications. This is a self-lubricating
This is an optimised range packing with superior gliding
introduced to provide users with K3222 has excellent thermal properties. Its soft,
gland sealing products that meet conductivity and resilience. conformable nature ensures
today’s demanding services, that there is no abrasion of
offering effective and trouble-free Fitting is by traditional methods moving parts and that
sealing during application. To from the roll, since no special graphite pick-up on stems
achieve this goal we have tools or forming dies are and shafts is minimised.
selected the best materials and required. K3222 offers the user a
the best production methods. very effective alternative to
The result is the KLINGER pump specialised die-formed graphite
and valve sealing range. rings.
Ongoing Test & Development in

Quality System
line with the KLINGER service

and quality philosophy will
ensure improved performance
in your pump and valve
applications. Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 0-14
Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and speed
simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply K3222 has been specially designed
for use in all high performance
KLINGER pump and valve pumps & valves as found in:
compression packings are offered in
a range of standardised packages: Steam Industry
Pulp & Paper
Size: Gas Plant
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Steel Mills
K3222 is also offered with wire

Alternative lengths and weights can reinforcement (K3222W) for operation
be offered upon request. under higher stress conditions, for
further details please contact KLINGER.
K3222 is also recommended for

cryogenic applications and those
Technical Advice services which require low emission
levels.
If you require additional technical information or
would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, please contact our
details:
6. Operating speed
ER
I NG
KL ING
X K
BO AC
A P
IN LVE
ITY VA
L
ABI P &
E LI UM
R P
KLINGER 3222W ®
High performance valve packing for high pressure, high
temperature applications. Offering excellent sealing and
reliability for both Original Equipment Manufacturers and
plant users alike.
K3222W is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development in Graphite is very resistant to
extensive products in the line with the KLINGER service chemical attack by virtually all
KLINGER pump and valve and quality philosophy will media except strong oxidisers
sealing range. The range ensure improved performance such as nitric acid, oleum etc.
includes compression in your pump and valve
packings, moulded sets, low applications The inclusion of Inconel wire
emission sets and specialised reinforcement ensures that
products. K3222W is manufactured using K3222W has excellent
expanded graphite ribbons dimensional stability and will
This is an optimised range each incorporating a fine operate under high stress
introduced to provide users inconel wire, to produce a valve conditions.
with gland sealing products compression packing of square
that meet today’s demanding cross-section with added There is no need for special
services, offering effective and mechanical strength. die-formed ring sets, K3222W
trouble-free sealing during can be fitted using traditional
application. To achieve this The packing has excellent methods from roll, as and
goal we have selected the thermal conductivity and when required. This reduces
best materials and the best thermal resistance. K3222W is the need for special tooling
production methods. therefore unaffected by and stocking of different pre-
The result is the KLINGER fluctuations during application formed rings.
pump and valve sealing range. such as thermal cycling if
installed correctly.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
K3222W Compression Packing
Q pH 0-14
Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature and pressure
simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply
K3222W has been specially designed
KLINGER pump and valve for use in all high temperature &
compression packings are offered valve seals as found in:
in a range of standardised
packages: Chemical Plant &
Chemical Processing
Size: Gas Plants
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Steel Mills
K3222W is also offered without wire

Alternative lengths and weights reinforcement as K3222, for operation
can be offered upon request. under lower stress conditions. For
further details, please contact
KLINGER.
K3222W is also recommended for

cryogenic applications and those
Technical Advice services which require low emission
levels.
particular application, please contact our
details:

6. Operating speed
G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
KLINGER 4322 ®
A packing based on graphite enhanced PTFE.

Allowing effective, long lasting sealing in both
valves and high-speed pumps.
K4322 is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development in It is the graphite treatment
extensive products in the line with the KLINGER which allows the rapid
KLINGER pump and valve service and quality philosophy dispersion of heat thus
sealing range. The range will ensure improved enabling the packing to
includes compression performance in your pump and operate in high speed
packings, moulded sets, low valve applications dynamic applications where
emission sets and specialised pure PTFE packing burn. It is
products. K4322 packing is manufactured equally effective in valve
from PTFE filaments, which applications.
This is an optimised range have been pre-treated with a
introduced to provide users graphite based lubricant. Due to its wide service
with gland sealing products The Klingerlock braiding capabilities K4322 packing
that meet today’s demanding process is used. offers the user a packing
services, offering effective and material with excellent
trouble-free sealing during PTFE is extremely resistant to a sealing life and the option of
application. To achieve this wide range of chemicals, reducing the variety of
goal we have selected the therefore K4322 is only packing grades that are
best materials and the best affected by a small selection of traditionally held as stock.
production methods. The aggressive media.
result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 0-14
and speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact
Forms of Supply
K4322 is suitable for use as a high
Size: performance valve & pump packing
3mm to 25mm within many industries, for
example:
Length:
8 metres per box Petrochemical Plant
Power Stations
Breweries/Distilleries
Alternative lengths and weights Refineries
can be offered upon request. Boiler Houses
Pulp & Paper Mills
Mines/Quarries
Chemical Processing
Technical Advice
If you require additional technical

information it is advantageous to provide the
following details:
6. Operating speed
G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
KLINGER 4330 ®
High Performance Packing manufactured from

Novoloid synthetic fibres. For use in all rotary
applications requiring a resilient, conformable
packing grade.
K4330 is only one of the Ongoing Test & K4330 has excellent
extensive products in the Development in line with chemical resistance and is
KLINGER pump and valve KLINGER’s service and employed as a replacement
sealing range. The range quality philosophy will ensure to PTFE grades due to the
includes compression improved performance in improved resistance to
packings, moulded sets, low your pump and valve abrasive media it offers.
emission sets and specialised applications. Additionally K4330 will not
products. extrude or harden, requiring
K4330, is a soft, fibrous minimum gland adjustment
This is an optimised range packing manufactured from when installed.
introduced to provide users synthetic Novoloid filaments
with gland sealing products with many of the attributes of K4330 is thermally stable
that meet today’s demanding other non-asbestos pump and will not expand or shrink
services, offering effective and packings, but with the key during fluctuations in process
trouble-free sealing during benefits of improved lubricity conditions.
application. To achieve this and service life.
goal we have selected the Unlike Aramid grades, which
best materials and the best Golden in colour, K4330 is may be detrimental to
production methods. manufactured by our shafts/sleeves its low
The result is the KLINGER Klingerlock process, during coefficient of friction, offers
pump and valve sealing range. which we add a controlled significant improvements in
amount of PTFE. This rotary applications
Quality System
produces a dense, minimising equipment wear.

deformable packing that is
easy to handle.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 1-13
Q Maximum static pressure 100 Bar
Q Maximum rotary pressure 25 Bar
Forms of Supply K4330 is suitable for use as a dedicated

rotary packing within many industries, for
KLINGER pump and valve example:
packings are offered in a range
of standardised packages: Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing
Size: Sewage Works
3mm to 25mm Pulp & Paper Mills
Refineries
Length: Quarries & Mines
8 metres per box Cement Plants
Alternative lengths and weights Typical examples of equipment are;

can be offered upon request, centrifugal pumps, mixers, agitators etc.
please contact KLINGER for
further details.
Technical Advice

particular application, then contact our
details:

6. Operating speed
E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU
KLINGER 4333 ®
A universal packing, using lubricated polyimide

filaments to produce a unique grade able to
perform reliably in a wide range of services and
equipment. Ideal slurry packing.
K4333 is only one of the Ongoing Test & Development The polyimide base structure of
extensive products in the in line with the KLINGER K4333 ensures the packing has
KLINGER pump and valve service and quality philosophy excellent temperature
sealing range. The range will ensure improved resistance. Normally low gland
includes compression performance in your pump and loads will achieve a satisfactory
packings, moulded sets, low valve applications seal.
emission sets and specialised
products. The base yarn of K4333 is Where shaft wear is a problem,
composed of synthetic K4333 can be employed as a
This is an optimised range polyimide filaments which good alternative to aramid , (ie.
introduced to provide users have excellent mechanical yellow fibre) , based packings.
with gland sealing products properties in terms of overall
that meet today’s demanding strength and elongation. In practice it significantly
services, offering effective and reduces wear rates when
trouble-free sealing during It is manufactured by the compared to many other
application. To achieve this Klingerlock braiding process, packing types and is the best
goal we have selected the during which we add an performing slurry grade within
best materials and the best additional PTFE based the range, offering long life.
production methods. lubricant. This enhances the
The result is the KLINGER packing’s performance in
pump and valve sealing range. dynamic applications.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
Q pH 1-12
Forms of Supply
K4333 is suitable for use as a
Size: general valve and pump packing
3mm to 25mm within many industries, for
example:
Length:
8 metres per box Mining
Pulp & Paper Mills
Alternative lengths and weights Cement Plants
can be offered upon request. Sewerage Treatment
Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing
Power Stations
Quarries
Technical Advice
If you require additional technical

information it is advantageous to provide the
following details:
6. Operating speed
AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND
ASIA
INNOVATORS IN BRAIDED PACKING TECHNOLOGY SINCE 1933 NON ASBESTOS
MARLO STYLE 396

FOR PUMPS AND VALVES
Description
A dense version of braided flexible graphite with the effective placement of high purity carbon/graphite yarns to
resist extrusion and aid in bending around tight radii.
Operating Considerations
Marlo Style 396 operates successfully in valves, except knife-gate configurations ( see Marlo Style 333 ). Within
its established temperature / pressure / pH parameters, one needs only to add additional rings to allow for 396’s
ability to fill previous scoring.
Marlo Style 396 has also been successful in rotary applications where flush free, leak free performance has been
desired. May be used with anti-extrusion bullrings ( see Marlo 333 ) for exposed clearances and very high
pressures. Most effective in controlling fugitive emissions.
As with any product designed to operate in critical operations, this product and its installation must be clearly
understood. In addition, the user should have full knowledge of the operating considerations of the equipment in
which it is to be installed.
Q pH 0-14
and speed simultaneously. For further advice please contact
8991937 ISS.A
AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND
INNOVATORS IN BRAIDED PACKING TECHNOLOGY SINCE 1933 NON ASBESTOS
MARLO STYLE 396C

WITH PATENTED MARLO 333 CORE
Description
A patented core of internally – sprung high temperature, high pressure graphite

with helical braided inconel wire Marlo 333, with an over braid of carbon – inserted
exfoliated graphite foil, Marlo Style 396-C is the most effectively designed product
on the market today for the sealing of fugitive fuel emissions.
Marlo Style 396-C meets or exceeds all of the requirements of A.P.I. 589 and 607
tests as well as the A.P.I. fire test for soft-seated quarter-turn valves.
Operating Considerations
Unlike other exfoliated graphite products which offer various other yarn or wire
placements to theoretically address extrusion, blow-out prevention, etc., Marlo
396-C utilizes its patented Style 333 core, capable of 5800 PSI alone, to provide a
highly sprung internal structure which enables 396-C to conform and re-conform
through constant thermal cycling to various stem, bore and clearance conditions in
various states of degradation.
Operating Conditions
Temperature: To 3120 deg C Non oxidizing
650 deg C Steam
416 deg C Oxidizing
Pressure: To 5000 PSI ( 345 BAR ). Indicated maximum subject to

operating conditions.
Chemical Resistance: 0 – 14 pH Except for strong oxidizers ( nitric, oleum, etc. )
As with any product designed to operate in critical operations, this product and its
installation must be clearly understood. In addition, the user should have full
knowledge of the operating considerations of the equipment in which it is to be
installed.
Fitting Instructions MARLO 396C
Valves
1. Remove all of the old packing right down to the neck bush.
2. Inspect the spindle for corrosion and alignment. If the spindle is
badly corroded then replace. Small amounts of corrosion can be
accommodated by the MARLO 396C.
3. Determine the size of packing required.
4. Cutting Requirements.
When cutting and installing the packing, ensure that the thinner side
is always installed into the stuffing box thus giving a slight clearance
on the ID of the box and OD of the spindle. This leads to easy
installation.
a) If cutting the packing at a 45 deg angle it is important that the
packing be cut on a mandrel as shown below. There is a very
specific way to do this to ensure that the ends meet properly. This
requirement for care in the cutting of the rings is because the
packing is a Braid over Braid construction and the packing can
become loose at the ends if cut at 45 deg.
b) If cutting using a Butt joint the rings must always be cut on a
mandrel, this is also shown below.
Please ensure that the two ends meet 100 % and that there are no
gaps once fitted. This applies no matter which cutting style is used.
Always when preparing Butt or Skive cut ( 45 degree ) rings, be sure
that the first ring is cut carefully, and then tested on the stem.
As the packing section becomes larger please ensure that the
packing is sitting correctly for cutting purposes, ie narrow section
downwards.
29/01/2003
5. Pack the gland in stages and pre compress until filled to the top.
Compress the packing 25 to 30 % of its original height . Eg if 100 mm
then compress to 75 mm. Add additional rings and repeat the
procedure if necessary.
At least 75% of the gland follower neck must protrude out of the
stuffing box when packing the valve is complete. This will allow for
additional tightening if required, ( should not be necessary if packed
properly).
It is our opinion that if the valves are packed as described above, you the
customer will experience trouble free sealing of all valves right up to 310
bar at 650 deg C ( 450 deg C in oxidizing applications ).
DO NOT USE MARLO 396C ON KNIFE VALVE APPLICATIONS.
We also believe that the emission levels that will be achieved will be below
100 ppm. This betters the requirements of the EPA in the U.S. of 500 ppm.
Please note that Live Loading ( Belleville washers ), are not required with
the Marlo 396C as the patented construction of the Marlo 396C
incorporates a Helical coil that acts as a spring during operation.
Thus the packing accommodates cycling and compression / relaxation.
It is our opinion that the Marlo 396C has no equal in its class in meeting the
requirements to reduce Fugitive Fuel Emissions in valves.
29/01/2003
KLINGER Limited
Head Office in Perth, Western Australia
www.klinger.com.au +61 8 9350 1100
MARLO Pack-RYT
MARLO Pack-RYT Installation Instructions
For Pumps
Remove all old packing including lantern ring and thoroughly clean the shaft
and stuffing box. Be sure no solids are present in the sealing area. Disconnect
any discharge flush lines and plug the hole, leaving only the “in” line, so all
flush goes only towards the bearing and the packing.
Split the bearing and reassemble over the shaft making sure the extraction
holes are facing outwards as the bearing slides in. If the bearing will not pilot,
use a Porta-Power or other device to centre the shaft and the let it relax once
all parts have been installed. If significant bore corrosion prevents installation,
lightly and evenly sand the OD with crocus cloth. Make sure the bearing is
fully seated in the bottom of the box. Taking depth measurements before
installation will help confirm this.
Install each packing ring individually, staggering the joints. If the set contains
Marlo 396 or Marlo 396C, bring the gland follower to the packing and tighten
the gland bolts HARD. CRUSH THE PACKING! Then back off the nuts and
let the packing relax for a few minutes. Bring the nuts back up to the follower
finger tight and the pump is ready to run.
If the packing is portion is either all Marlo 317 or Marlo 7413, tamp each ring
firmly during installation and tighten the follower nuts finger tight.
If you are using the BLR configuration (with a lantern ring groove) turn the
water on full force.
Make the packing adjustments no more than 2 flats on all nuts at a time. Wait
a few minutes between adjustments.
If you encounter any difficulty accomplishing these steps or have any

questions regarding installation or performance, please contact Klinger
Limited.
Leaking components cost
Increased costs due to product losses
Increased costs due to energy losses
Increased environmental charges and fines
Leaking components increase

risk
Leaks of flammable substances increase fire and explosion risk
Leaks of scheduled substances increase OH&S liability risk
All leaks reduce environmental performance
Experience indicates that most facilities with no program in place to identify

fugitives and manage component integrity will typically have 5% to 12% or more of
components leaking at rates above regulated limits, depending on the leak rate
definition. Even new facilities often have component leak rates as high as 5%.
Implementing a management program to increase component integrity requires
scientific monitoring skills, onsite labour management and technical skills,
database management skills, ability to prioritise and confirm effectiveness of
maintenance responses, and reporting capabilities for management.
KLINGER and ATMECO

have combined their capabilities to offer a
One stop package to manage

component integrity
Find and fix leaking components
Prioritize maintenance actions
Confirm effectiveness of maintenance responses
Comply with environmental regulations
Report plant, maintenance and environmental performance
Ensure component integrity
Reduce operational risks
Capturing value by improving plant
integrity
ATMECO and KLINGER AUSTRALIA have combined their capabilities to offer
a one-stop package to customers to improve plant integrity. Guaranteed
plant performance improvement through ATMECO’s ‘Component Integrity
Management System’ ™ (CIMS) combined with KLINGER’s sealing
technology products and expertise.
Implementation of this one-stop package will:

- reduce valuable product losses - reduce risk of emergency
- reduce energy losses incidents
- improve environmental - improve productivity
performance - improve plant integrity.
- reduce fines and charges risks
- reduce OH&S risks liabilities
Features of the package include:

- ‘One-stop’ component integrity package,
all handled by the ATMECO/KLINGER team
- Facility management involvement can be a full turnkey package,
through to integration with existing site operations
- Prioritized work leads to maintenance cost reductions
- Correct sealing products, properly installed
- Independent checking confirms component integrity
- Environmental compliance confirmed
- Safety and health risk exposures explicitly managed
- Environmental reporting completed in a timely way
- Full condition reports available at any time
- Accessible corporate knowledge builds with system use
- Integrated asset management database grows with system use
A Joint Venture dedicated to eliminating plant leakage
Fugitive Emissions and plant leaks are a multi million

dollar cost to industry worldwide.
Leading gasket manufacturer Klinger Limited has teamed
up with market leaders in hydraulic bolting innovations
Technofast, to provide clients with a complete package
which ensures gasketed joint integrity.
KLINGER and Technofast can end your quest for leak-

free start up. Together, we offer
•Consultation on applications, including inspection

•Gasket selection and supply
•In-Situ flange machining
•Supervision of gasket fitment
•Technofastening of flange
•Flange make up report
•Leakage monitoring
KLINGER have been at the forefront of sealing technology

for many decades. They offer unparalleled technical
support and have access to global research and
development facilities.
Technofast provide innovative solutions for bolting and

in-situ machining challenges. Technofast is an
international company with hundreds of man years
experience in provision of On-Site Services.
Bolt tensioning, bolt torquing, hydraulic bolt tensioning,
leak sealing, hot tapping and in-situ machining.
Together we provide an unmatched TOTAL PLANT

SEALING SERVICE
Engineering the correct conditions
for leak prevention
KLINGER’s experience and expertise means

the correct gasket style is recommended for
every service.
This ensures the gasket will be the optimal
solution for each individual application.
The required bolt load is calculated and this

information is used by Technofast to provide the
optimum service. The correct tooling is supplied to
carry out the bolt tensioning to tolerances needed to
ensure the joint will operate without leakage,
particularly during run-up and the crucial first
thousand hours.
In-situ machining to the required

Allied to correct bolt load, the package
Simultaneous tensioning of bolts ensures

the gasket is compressed uniformly and
evenly, which is critical for satisfactory for
gasket performance.
As a result, all of the necessary conditions
for optimal gasketed joint performance are
met.
KLINGER and Technofast – working to eliminate leaks

Contact the KLINGER branch closest to you
Western Australia South Australia New Zealand

38 McDowell Street Innovation House West 11 Dalgety Drive
Welshpool, W.A. 6106 Technology Park Wiri AUCKLAND
First Avenue Tel:(09) 268 3624
Domestic Sales Mawson Lakes, 5095 Fax:(09) 268 3608
Tel:(08) 9350 1100 Tel: 0412 626 022
Fax:(08) 9350 9286 Fax:(08) 8260 8278
Export Sales New South Wales Queensland

Tel:(08) 9350 1190 19/5 Inglewood Place 5/43 Links Ave
Fax:(08) 9350 9279 Baulkham Hills, NSW 2153 Eagle Farm, QLD 4009
Tel:(02) 8824 3930 Tel: (07) 3268 2198
Fax:(02) 8824 3931 Fax: (07) 3268 2130
Victoria Singapore Hong Kong

33-35 Gaine Road 16 Raffles Quay Rm 2802, Admiralty Centre
Dandenong South, VIC 3175 No. 36-00 Hong Leong Building Tower 1, 18 Harcourt Road
Tel:(03) 8795 9595 Singapore, 048581 Admiralty, Hong Kong
Fax:(03) 8795 9516 Tel: +65 321 8940 Tel: +852 2833 6711
Fax: +65 225 9060 Fax: +852 2838 2090
Unit 1 / 35 Export Drive

Darwin Business Centre
East Arm, N.T. 0828
Tel: 0412 626 018
Fax: (08) 8947 4047

KLINGER eCATALOGUE v1.8

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

KLINGER eCATALOGUE v1.8

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

KLINGER eCATALOGUE v1.8

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Story

In 1886 a young mechanical engineer by the name of

These include valve and pump packings, spiral

Western Australia South Australia New Zealand

Export Sales New South Wales Queensland

Victoria Singapore Hong Kong

Unit 1 / 35 Export Drive

1. The safe way to the right gasket

Technical fax service

Operating fluid Flange with bolts Gasket

Material DIN ANSI

or indicate the compressed

Pressure [bar] Dimension acc. to dimensions

Temperature [°C] DIN/ANSI Da [mm] Di [mm]

Temperature variations during DN Gasket thickness [mm]

service PN free choice

Drawing included conditioned by design, since

Street City or town

Phone Fax e-mail

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: August 2001

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: August 2001

The first step in gasket selection

This brochure offers you a

very well suited

very well suited

reinforced with carbon fibre 00

BS 7531 Grade X / Potable Water C

BS 7531 Grade X / DIN 3754 IT S C

very well suited

DVGW permit/ BAM tested/

TÜV-certification number ale ap erc

user novel opportunities for

across applications in which the

In such cases, the gasket must

partly compensate for limitations in

the joint construction that, for

whatever reason, can not be met, by

the construction only.

stage the designer is in discussions

with the Klinger Technical department.

Only then can he profit fully

from the opportunities available with

Clearly identifiable gaskets. Easy to

record and check installation data

reducing risk of costly downtime due

to gasket failure during commissioning.

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: August 2001

very well suited

THE LEADER IN GASKET TECHNOLOGY FOR MORE THAN 100 YEARS

KLINGERtop-chem offer the

–200 –150 –100 –50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250

*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 KLINGERtop-chem-2006

KLINGERtop-chem 2000 2003 2005 2006

Klinger cold/hot compression

Standard sizes (other sizes on request)

Subject to technical alterations.

Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb